Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: India to Develop Roadmap Post-20% Ethanol Blending Target, Says Minister Hardeep Singh Puri at G-STIC Conference

    Source: Government of India

    India to Develop Roadmap Post-20% Ethanol Blending Target, Says Minister Hardeep Singh Puri at G-STIC Conference

    Shri Puri Highlights Importance of Addressing Energy Trilemma: Balancing Affordability, Availability, and Sustainability

    Outlines Role of Ujjwala Scheme in Providing Affordable LPG to Economically Weaker Sections of Society

    Posted On: 22 OCT 2024 6:31PM by PIB Delhi

    Addressing the 7th G-STIC Delhi Conference on “Accelerating Technologies Solutions for the SDGs,” Shri Hardeep Singh Puri, Minister of Petroleum and Natural Gas, articulated India’s evolving journey towards sustainable energy solutions. Highlighting the potential for these technological advancements to be replicated across the Global South, Shri Puri provided insights into the complexities of energy transitions within democratic frameworks, emphasizing that there is no clear answer to whether these transitions are inherently easier or more difficult in democracies.

     

    The 7th G-STIC (Global Sustainable Technology and Innovation Community) Conference organized by TERI and VITO along with the support of eight other not-for-profit independent technology research institutes, is being hosted in India for the first time. The Conference will deliberate on challenges under the umbrella theme “Harmonizing Technology, Policy and Business Pathways for Sustainable Future and Coexistence”.

    Speaking at the inaugural session of the Conference, Shri Hardeep Singh Puri discussed the critical trilemma that democratically elected governments face globally: balancing affordability, availability, and sustainability in energy policy. He pointed out that as global energy demand rises, India’s own energy consumption is projected to increase significantly—from 5.4 million barrels per day today to an anticipated 7 million barrels per day by 2030. This growing demand positions India as a major contributor to global energy consumption, with projections indicating that 25% of the increase in global energy demand over the next two decades will originate from India alone.

    Affordability remains a primary concern in addressing this energy transition. The Minister emphasized the government’s commitment to research and development, citing innovative solutions such as hydrogen fuel cell technology being piloted in public transport. Currently, India is operating 15 hydrogen-powered buses, which are still in the demonstration phase. These initiatives reflect a broader vision for sustainable transport solutions that can contribute to reducing the carbon footprint.

    A highlight of the address was the substantial progress made in ethanol blending, which has surged from just 1.53% in 2013-14 to 16% today. This achievement has prompted the government to advance its blending target of 20% from 2030 to 2025, showcasing a proactive approach to energy sustainability. Shri Puri noted that discussions have already begun to establish a roadmap for sustainable energy solutions beyond the 20% blending target, indicating a forward-thinking strategy that anticipates future energy needs.

    The Minister stressed the need for addressing the energy requirements of developing nations, particularly in the Global South, where many countries rely heavily on energy imports. He expressed confidence that the success of India’s ethanol initiatives could serve as a model for these regions, although he acknowledged that unlike Brazil, India lacks the luxury of abundant arable land for biofuel production. Nevertheless, he emphasized the potential for innovative biofuel strategies to alleviate import dependency while addressing local energy needs.

    The Minister also highlighted the transformative impact of the Ujjwala scheme, launched in 2016, which has significantly expanded access to cooking gas. The number of cylinder connections has increased from 140 million to 330 million, providing clean cooking fuels to economically weaker sections of society. This initiative, along with other social schemes of Government, has played a crucial role in lifting approximately 250 million people out of multidimensional poverty under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership.

    In his concluding remarks, Shri Hardeep Singh Puri focused on the potential of green hydrogen as a game-changer for India’s energy landscape. He outlined the importance of local demand, production, and consumption in making green hydrogen a viable energy source. The key challenge remains in reducing the cost of production, and he called for ongoing innovation and scaling of technology in this sector.

    ****

    MN

    (Release ID: 2067112) Visitor Counter : 24

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: All-India Consumer Price Index Numbers For Agricultural And Rural Labourers – September, 2024

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 22 OCT 2024 6:24PM by PIB Delhi

    The All-India Consumer Price Index for Agricultural Labourers (CPI-AL) and Rural Labourers (CPI-RL) (Base: 1986-87=100) registered an increase of 7 points each in September 2024, reaching levels of 1304 and 1316, respectively.

    The year-on-year inflation rates based on CPI-AL and CPI-RL for the month of September, 2024 were recorded at 6.36% and 6.39%, compared to 6.70% and 6.55% in September, 2023. The corresponding figures for August, 2024 were 5.96% for CPI-AL and 6.08% for CPI-RL.

     

     

    All India Consumer Price Index (General and Group-wise):

    Group

    Agricultural Labourers

    Rural Labourers

     

    August,                  2024

    September,             2024

    August,                  2024

    September,             2024

    General Index

    1297

    1304

    1309

    1316

    Food

    1240

    1247

    1247

    1254

    Pan, Supari, etc.

    2063

    2073

    2073

    2081

    Fuel & Light

    1357

    1364

    1348

    1354

    Clothing, Bedding & Footwear

    1310

    1314

    1371

    1375

    Miscellaneous

    1359

    1365

    1359

    1365

     

       

    ****

    Himanshu Pathak

    (Release ID: 2067104) Visitor Counter : 53

    Read this release in: Hindi

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: SAIL receives prestigious SHRM HR Excellence Awards

    Source: Government of India

    Posted On: 22 OCT 2024 5:34PM by PIB Delhi

    Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) has been awarded with SHRM – HR Excellence Awards for ‘Excellence in Inclusion, Equity & Diversity’ and ‘Excellence in Managing the Distributed Workforce’ categories at the prestigious SHRM India Annual Conference 2024 held in New Delhi, recently.

    The awards are a testimony to the pioneering HR practices and initiatives being undertaken across SAIL, at its various Plants and Units spread nationwide, for inclusive growth of workforce in the organization. The company regards its employees as fundamental to its success and at the heart of all its operations. SAIL has been continually undertaking various steps for better employee motivation and engagement.

    Shri Piyush Goyal, Hon’ble Minister of Commerce and Industry and Shri Jayant Chaudhary, Hon’ble Minister of State (I/C) for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship, addressed the audience during the above conference. Many industry stalwarts also shared their views and insights on the occasion. During one of the interactive sessions, Shri K.K. Singh, Director (Personnel), SAIL spoke about innovative HR practices at SAIL and also highlighted the importance of HR in building a resilient Workforce in the contemporary ‘Competitive Business Environment’.

    *******

    MG

    (Release ID: 2067076) Visitor Counter : 11

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI USA: U.S. Small Business Administration and Department of Defense Celebrate Successful First Year for the Small Business Investment Company Critical Technology Initiative

    Source: United States Small Business Administration

    WASHINGTON– Today, Administrator Isabel Casillas Guzman, head of the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) and Secretary Lloyd J. Austin, head of the U.S. Department Secretary of Defense (DoD) announced 13 funds approved to be licensed by the SBA under the Small Business Investment Company Critical Technology Initiative (SBICCT), a joint DoD and SBA initiative to attract and scale private investment in technology areas critical to economic and national security made possible by historic modernization by SBA in its Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) program under the Biden-Harris Administration, which established a new SBA government-guaranteed loan, the “Accrual Debenture” for private investment funds. The 12 firms managing the 13 funds collectively plan to raise $2.8 billion in private capital matched with SBA-guaranteed loans to invest in over 1,000 innovative startups and small businesses developing technologies from advanced materials to space and hypersonic technologies.

    “The SBA and DoD entered into this historic initiative to leverage the SBA’s long-standing SBIC program and its recent transformations, so that we can ensure America maintains its global competitive edge in critical technologies,” said SBA Administrator Guzman. “These early strong results and expanded network of investors will provide America’s innovators, producers, and supply chains with the vital funding needed to meet challenges and advance our national and economic security.”

    “This first group of SBICCT Initiative funds represents a consequential milestone in demonstrating the power of public-private partnerships to build enduring advantage by growing and modernizing our supply chains, strengthening our economic and national security, and benefiting the development and commercialization of critical technologies that are key drivers of our U.S. industrial base,” said Heidi Shyu, Under Secretary of Defense for Research and Engineering. “I am proud of the collaborative work between the Office of Strategic Capital (OSC) and our SBA OII colleagues to stand up and advance this important program.”

    Funds licensed by the SBA under the SBICCT Initiative are eligible for access to SBA-guaranteed loans designed to enhance fund-level investment returns. Licensees have access to up to $175 million in SBA Debenture loans through the SBIC program. The new Accrual Debenture loans align with the cash flows of longer duration and equity-oriented investment strategies that tend to invest in innovative new technologies and the longstanding SBA Standard Debentures align to credit strategies. Through the SBICCT Initiative, licensed funds also gain access to DoD provided program-related initiatives and benefits intended to drive value to each Licensee’s portfolio of fund investments.

    The SBICCT Initiative was announced by Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and SBA Administrator Isabel Guzman in December 2022. Through this first-of-its-kind partnership, DoD’s Office of Strategic Capital (OSC) and SBA’s Office of Investment and Innovation (OII) aim to increase private investment in critical technologies, including component-level technologies and production processes vital to U.S. economic and national security interests.

    The SBICCT Initiative formally launched and began accepting SBIC applications in Fall 2023. Over 100 funds have expressed interest in the initiative, and since the formal launch, 22 took the significant step to submit a formal application and undergo the rigorous underwriting and due diligence process.

    In early July 2024, the SBA granted the first SBICCT Initiative license. Just three months later, as of October 22, 2024, a total of 13 funds within the ‘Green Light’ approval are to raise private capital and be licensed by SBA. The funds span all 14 DoD Critical Technology Areas,  component-level technologies, and production processes. They represent all parts of the capital stack across stages of investment ranging from seed stage venture to later stage buyout and from venture debt to special situations credit.

    Interest in the SBICCT Initiative continues to grow, with additional applications expected in future quarterly filing windows. The next filing deadline is November 15, 2024. For more information on the SBICCT Initiative and the application process, please see the Investment Policy Statement.

    ###

    About SBA’s Office of Investment and Innovation (OII)
    The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) Office of Investment and Innovation (OII) leads programs that provide the U.S. growth-oriented small business and startup community with access to financial capital, networks, assistance, and R&D funds to develop commercially viable innovations. Our work is underpinned by public-private partnerships that help small businesses on their trajectory from idea to IPO. To learn more, visit OII on SBA.gov website.

    About the U.S. Small Business Administration 
    The U.S. Small Business Administration helps power the American dream of business ownership. As the only go-to resource and voice for small businesses backed by the strength of the federal government, the SBA empowers entrepreneurs and small business owners with the resources and support they need to start, grow, or expand their businesses, or recover from a declared disaster. It delivers services through an extensive network of SBA field offices and partnerships with public and private organizations. To learn more, visit www.sba.gov.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Jacksonville Woman Indicted For Credit Scheme And COVID Relief Fraud Involving The Paycheck Protection Program

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    Jacksonville, Florida – United States Attorney Roger B. Handberg announces the return of an indictment charging Carnisha Maurica Rogers (30, Jacksonville) with four counts involving conspiracy to commit wire fraud and wire fraud, and four counts of false representation of a Social Security number involving a line of credit scheme and COVID relief fraud through the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP). Rogers faces up to 20 years in federal prison on each count involving wire fraud and up to 5 years in federal prison on each count involving the false representation of a Social Security number, payment of restitution to the victims she defrauded and forfeiture of $20,832, which is traceable to proceeds of the wire fraud offense involving COVID relief fraud.

    According to the indictment, Rogers and her co-conspirators fraudulently obtained the Social Security numbers (SSNs) of others. From February 2016 through September 2019, Rogers and others recruited individuals to obtain lines of credit at various businesses using the SSNs. After fraudulently obtaining the lines of credit, they obtained jewelry and other merchandise. They also attempted to obtain at least one luxury vehicle. Rogers and her co-conspirators resold some of the merchandise and lines of credit on social media platforms.

    In May 2021, Rogers submitted a PPP loan application to a lender authorized by the Small Business Administration (SBA) to lend funds for approved PPP loan applications. The PPP loan application falsely claimed that Rogers operated her own business. Throughout the loan application Rogers made multiple false statements regarding her purported gross income and expenses associated with operating her business. In support of her PPP loan application, she submitted a false IRS Form 1040 – Profit or Loss From Business. It contained false statements about operating expenses, gross income, and wage expenditures for her purported business. In truth, Rogers’s business did not exist. In reliance on the false statements in her loan application, her application was approved, and she received a PPP loan totaling $20,832.

    After receiving the PPP loan proceeds in her bank account, Rogers began making withdrawals and spending the funds on personal expenses. In October 2021, Rogers submitted a PPP loan forgiveness application to the SBA that included multiple false representations. In the application, she falsely claimed that she spent more than $18,000 on payroll costs and that the PPP loan proceeds were only used for eligible purposes. In reliance on her false statements the SBA forgave the entire loan, plus accrued interest.

    An indictment is merely a formal charge that a defendant has committed one or more violations of federal criminal law, and every defendant is presumed innocent unless, and until, proven guilty.

    This case was investigated by the Jacksonville Sheriff’s Office and U.S. Secret Service – Jacksonville Field Office. It is being prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Kevin C. Frein. The asset forfeiture is being handled by Assistant United States Attorney Jennifer M. Harrington. 

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of World Economic Outlook October 2024 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers:
    Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, Director, Research Department, IMF
    Petya Koeva Brooks, Deputy Director, Research Department, IMF
    Jean‑Marc Natal, Division Chief, Research Department, IMF

    Moderator:
    Jose Luis De Haro, Communications Officer, IMF

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I think we can start. First of all, welcome, everyone. Good morning for those who are joining, as online. I am Jose Luis De Haro with the Communications Department here at the IMF. And once again, we are gathered here today for the release of our new World Economic Outlook, titled Policy Pivot Raising Threats. I hope that by this time, all of you have had access to a copy of the flagship. If not, I would encourage you to go to IMF.org. There, you’re going to find the document, but also, you’re going to find Pierre‑Olivier’s blog, the underlying data for the charts, videos, and other assets that I think are going to be very, very helpful for your reporting. And what’s best, that to discuss all the details of the World Economic Outlook that, to be joined here today by Pierre‑Olivier Gourinchas, the Economic Counsellor Chief Economist and the Director of the Research Department. Next to him are Petya Koeva Brooks. She is the Deputy Director of the Research Department. And also with us, Jean‑Marc Natal, the Division Chief at the Research Department. We are going to start with some opening remarks from Pierre‑Olivier, and then we will proceed to take your questions. I want to remind everyone that this press conference is on the record and that we will also be taking questions online.

    With no further ado, Pierre‑Olivier, the floor is yours.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Let me start with the good news. The battle against inflation is almost won. After peaking at 9.4 percent year on year in the third quarter of 2022, we now project headline inflation will fall to 3.5 percent by the end of next year, and in most countries, inflation is now hovering close to central bank targets.

    Now, inflation came down while the global economy remained resilient. Growth is projected to hold steady at 3.2 percent in 2024 and 2025. The United States is expected to cool down, while other advanced economies will rebound. Performance in emerging Asia remains robust, despite the slight downward revision for China to 4.8 percent in 2024. Low‑income countries have seen their growth revised downwards, some of it because of conflicts and climate shocks.

    Now, the decline in inflation without a global recession is a major achievement. Much of that disinflation can be attributed to the unwinding of the unique combination of supply and demand shocks that caused the inflation in the first place, together with improvements in labor supply due to immigration in many advanced countries. But monetary policy played a decisive role, keeping inflation expectations anchored.

    Now, despite the good news, on inflation, risks are now tilted to the downside. This downside risks include an escalation in regional conflicts, especially in the Middle East, which could cause serious risks for commodity markets. Policy shifts toward undesirable trade and industrial policies could also significantly lower output, a sharp reduction in migration into advanced economies, which can unwind some of the supply gains that helped ease inflation in recent quarters. This could trigger an abrupt tightening of global financial conditions that would further depress output. And together, these represent about a 1.6 percent of global output in 2026.

    Now, to mitigate these downside risks and to strengthen growth, policymakers now need to shift gears and implement a policy triple pivot.

    The first pivot on monetary policy is already underway. The decline in inflation paved the way for monetary easing across major central banks. This will support activity at a time when labor markets are showing signs of cooling, with rising unemployment rates. So far, however, this rise has been gradual and does not point to an imminent slowdown. Lower interest rates in major economies will also ease the pressure on emerging market economies. However, vigilance remains key. Inflation in services remains too elevated, almost double prepandemic levels, and a few emerging market economies are seeing rising price pressures, calling for higher policy rates. Furthermore, we have now entered a world dominated by supply shocks, from climate, health, and geopolitical tensions. And this makes the job of central banks harder.

    The second pivot is on fiscal policy. It is urgent to stabilize debt dynamics and rebuild much‑needed fiscal buffers. For the United States and China, current fiscal plans do not stabilize debt dynamics. For other countries, despite early improvements, there are increasing signs of slippage. The path is narrow. Delaying consolidation increases the risk of disorderly adjustments, while an excessively abrupt turn toward fiscal tightening could hurt economic activity. Success requires implementing, where necessary, and without delay, a sustained and credible multi‑year fiscal adjustment.

    The third pivot and the hardest is toward growth‑enhancing reform. This is the only way we can address many of the challenges we face. Many countries are implementing industrial and trade policy measures to protect domestic workers and industries. These measures can sometimes boost investment and activity in the short run, but they often lead to retaliation and ultimately fail to deliver sustained improvements in standards of living. They should be avoided when not carefully addressing well‑identified market failures or narrowly defined national security concerns.

    Economic growth must come, instead, from ambitious domestic reforms that boost innovation, increase human capital, improve competition and resource allocation. Growth‑enhancing reforms often face significant social resistance. Our report shows that information strategies can help improve support, but they only go so far. Building trust between governments and citizens and inclusion of proper compensation measures are essential features.

    Building trust is an important lesson that should also resonate when thinking about ways to further improve international cooperation to address common challenges in the year that we celebrate the 80th anniversary of the Bretton Woods Institutions. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Thank you, Pierre‑Olivier. Before we open the floor for your questions, let’s remind some ground rules. First of all, if you have any question that it is related to a country program or a country negotiation, I would recommend not to formulate that question here. Basically, those questions can be formulated in the different regional press briefings that are going to happen later this week.

    Also, if you want to ask a question, just raise your hand, wait until I call you. Identify yourself and the outlet that you represent. And let’s try to keep it to just one question. I know that there are going to be many, many questions. We might not be able to take all of you. So please be patient. There are going to be many other opportunities to ask questions throughout the week.

    Let me start—how I am going to start. I am going to start in the center. A couple of questions here. Then I am going to go to my right, and then I am going to go there. I am going to start in the first row, the lady with the white jacket, thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you, Jose, for taking my question. I am Moaling Xiong from Xinhua News Agency. I want to ask about the geopolitical tensions that was mentioned in the report. It says there are rising geopolitical tensions. So far, the impact has been limited. But further intensification of geopolitical rifts could weigh on trade, investment, and beyond. I wonder whether Pierre‑Olivier, could you talk a little bit about what are the economic impacts of growing geopolitical tensions? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. This is, of course, a very important question. This is something that we are very concerned about, the rising geoeconomic fragmentation, trade tensions between countries, measures that are disrupting trade, disrupting cross‑border investment. This is something that we have looked at in our World Economic Outlook report. In Chapter 1, we have a box that evaluates the impact of various adverse measures, measures that could be taken by policymakers or various of shocks that would impact output. And when we look at the impact that rising trade tensions could have, there are two dimensions of this. One is, of course, you are increasing tariffs, for instance, between different blocs. That would disrupt trade. That will misallocate resources. That will weigh down on economic activity. But there is also an associated layer that comes from the uncertainty that increases related to future trade policy. And that will also depress investment, depress economic activity and consumption. When we put these two together, what we find is, we find an impact on world output that is on the order of about 0.5 percent of output levels in 2026. So it’s a quite sizable effect of both an increase in tariffs between different countries and an increase in trade policy uncertainty.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to continue here in the center. We’re going to go to the gentleman on the third row. Yep. There. There, third row, there. Third row. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thanks very much for taking my question. I just want to ask about the inflation side of the WEO. You mentioned just now inflation, you know, the battle is almost won. I am just wondering, there’s sort of a divergence between the advanced economies and emerging markets and developing economies. When do you expect inflation to sort of fall toward that 2 percent target in emerging markets and developing economies? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So inflation, the progress on inflation has been more pronounced for advanced economies, and now we expect advanced economies to be back to their target sometime in 2025 for most of them. For emerging markets and developing economies, there is more variation, and we see an increase in dispersion of inflation, so a lot of countries have made a lot of progress. You look, for instance, at emerging Asia. There are inflation levels very similar to advanced economies for a number of them. You look at other regions—in the Middle East, for instance, or sub‑Saharan Africa—and you have countries that still have double‑digital inflation rates and will maybe take more time to converge back. So we see an increased divergence that reflects some of the shocks that are specific to some of these regions. Of course, conflict or climate‑related shocks can have an impact on inflation, and that’s what we’re seeing in these two regions I mentioned.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I’m going to move to my right. The first row here, the lady with the red suit.

    QUESTION: Hello. This is Norah from Asharq Business with Bloomberg from Dubai.

    Pierre, you mentioned that the geopolitical tensions could account for 0.5 percent of output if things kind of get out of hand. To what extent is this a very optimistic number here? Because we’re talking about tensions not only in the Middle East. You have things going down in the Taiwan Strait. We have the Russian‑Ukraine war still ongoing. And there is a very big risk that shipping lines, straits might get disrupted. And this would affect very substantially the price of oil and other commodities. To what extent this would affect output—again, global output and inflation levels? Would inflation be a big risk again if major commodities prices increased substantially?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So you are absolutely right. The scenario I was referring to earlier is a scenario where we have increased trade disruptions, tariffs, and trade policy uncertainty. But one can think also about geopolitical tensions impacting commodity market or shipping. Now, this is not something that we looked at in this report. That’s something that we had looked at in our April report. And in April, when we looked at the potential for escalation in conflicts in the Middle East, the impact it could have on oil prices or on shipping costs, we found that this would very much be in the nature of adverse supply shock. It would negatively impact output, and it would increase inflation pressures. Now, the numbers we had when we did that exercise back in April, they’re still very relevant for the environment we’re in now. And that was one of the layers I showed today, is that it would reduce output by another about 0.4 percent by 2026 and would increase inflation by something on the order of 0.7 percent higher inflation in 2025. So this is something that is very much on top of the other tensions that I mentioned. This is why we are living in this world where there are multiple layers of risk that could be compounding each other.

    Mr. De Haro: I’m going to stay here. First row, here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa Washington, D.C. I would like you to talk a little bit more about the situation in Africa. I know two years ago it was about COVID and then Ukraine. What do you see now? And what are some of the recommendations for sub‑Saharan Africa? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So sub‑Saharan African region is one that is seeing growth rates that are fairly steady this year, compared to last year, at about 3.6 percent, and then expected to increase to about 4.2 percent next year. So we’re seeing some pickup in growth from this year to next year. But now, this is certainly a region that’s been adversely impacted by weather shocks and, in some cases, conflict. So the growth remains subdued and somewhat uneven, and that’s certainly something that we are concerned about.

    Let me turn it over to my colleague Jean‑Marc Natal to add some color.

    Mr. Natal: I would be happy to. Do you hear me? OK.

    So yes, so there has been over the last year, year and a half, there has been some progress in the region. You saw, you know, inflation stabilizing in some countries going down even. And reaching close—level close to the target. But half of them is still at distance, large distance from the target. And a third of them are still having double‑digital inflation.

    In terms of growth, as Pierre‑Olivier mentioned, it’s quite uneven, but it remains too low. The other issue is debt in the region. Obviously, it is still high. It has not increased. It has stopped increasing, and in some countries already starting to consolidate. But it’s still too high. And the debt service is correspondingly still high in the region. So the challenges are still there. There has been some progress. So in terms of the recommendation, in countries where inflation is very high, you would recommend, you know, tight monetary policy and in some cases, when possible, helped by consolidation on the fiscal side.

    It’s complicated. In many countries, you know, there are trade‑offs, and, you know, consolidating fiscal is difficult when you also have to provide for relief, like in Nigeria, for example, due to the flooding. So targeting the support to the poor and the vulnerable is part of the package when you consolidate. I will stop here.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I am moving to my left. I am going to go to the gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. Joel Hills from ITV News. We know that the chancellor in the United Kingdom is planning on changing the fiscal rule on debt to allow for—to borrow more for investment. Pierre‑Olivier, do you support this idea? And what, in your view, are the risks? And should the U.K. government continue to target a fall in debt of some description or a rise in public sector net worth?

    Mr. De Haro: Pierre‑Olivier, before you answer, are there any other questions on the U.K. in the room? I am going to take just two more from this group of U.K. reporters on my right that they are very eager. Just two questions more. We do not want to overwhelm—

    QUESTION: Alex Brummer from the Daily Mail in London. Again, around the chancellor’s upcoming budget. In your opening remarks, you referred to the possibility of abrupt changes in fiscal policy, disrupting what might happen to economies. U.K., according to your forecast, is in a quite good place in terms of growth heading upward. Do you fear that too strong a change in direction in fiscal policy in the U.K. could affect future growth?

    Mr. De Haro: Just one more question.

    QUESTION: Mehreen Khan from The Times. You mentioned that there are some countries at risk of fiscal slippage because governments have promised to do their consolidation have struggled to execute. Is the U.K. in that group? Also, the IMF has previously recommended that countries are under fiscal strain should—can keep sort of investment flowing if they do shift to measures like public sector net worth. Is that still a recommendation that you stand by in particular relevance for the U.K.?

    Mr. De Haro: And to give Pierre‑Olivier a little bit of time, I just want to remind everyone that we will have regional press briefings later this week, and some of these questions can be brought to all heads of departments that are going to be talking later on in the week. Pierre‑Olivier?

    Mr. Gourinchas: First, I will make three quick remarks. We are going to wait and see at the end of this month, on October 30, the details of the budget that will be announced by the U.K. government. And at that point, we’ll be able to evaluate and see the detail of the measures and how they will impact the U.K. economy.

    The broader question, I think, is relevant for many countries, not just the U.K. And it goes to the second pivot I mentioned, this narrow path in terms of fiscal consolidation. I think when countries have elevated debt levels, when interest rates are high, when growth is OK but not great, there is a risk that things could escalate or get out of control quickly. And so there is a need to bring debt levels down, stabilize them when they are not stabilized and rebuild fiscal buffers. That is true for many countries around the world. And if you are not doing that—and that is getting to the question that was asked by the gentleman on the right here—if you’re not doing that, that’s when you find yourself potentially later on at the mercy of market pressures that will force an adjustment that is uncontrolled to a large extent. At which point you have very few degrees of freedom, so you do not want to get in that position. And I think the effort to stabilize public debt has to be seen in that context.

    Now, the other side of the narrow path is, of course, if you try to do too much too quickly, you might have an adverse impact on growth. And you have to be careful there because we do have important—most countries have important needs when it comes to spending, whether it’s about central services, what we think about healthcare, or if we think about public investment and climate transition. So we need to protect also the type of spending that can be good for growth. So finding ways—and this is something that our colleagues in the Fiscal Monitor report emphasize, finding ways to consolidate by reducing expenditures where it’s needed. Maybe raising revenues. Often, it’s a combination of both but doing so in a way that is least impactful on growth. It’s country by country. There is no general formula. But that’s kind of the nature of the exercise.

    That pivot, that second pivot is absolutely essential. At the point we’re at again precisely because we’re in a world in which there will be more shocks and countries need to be prepared and need to have some room on the fiscal side to be able to build that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Last question on this side. Then I will go online, and then I will go around the room again. The gentleman in the second row.

    QUESTION: Thanks, Jose. Pierre‑Olivier, a question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for the country for next year, improving GDP and inflation, 45 percent at the end of the year. Oh, yes. Sorry. Alam Md Hasanul from International.

    A question on Argentina. The IMF is maintaining its projections for next year, but I wanted to see if you could give us a little bit more detail on, where do you see the economy going. And if it’s accurate to say at this point that the worst of the crisis is in the past? Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: We have received other questions regarding Argentina online from Lilliana Franco. Basically, she wants to know what’s behind our expectations for inflation for 2025. And I think that there are other Argentine reporters in the room. I see them in the back. Please, if somebody can get them the mic and we can get all the questions on Argentina and then move on to other regions. There. There. Those two, please. Try to keep it short.

    QUESTION: Hi. Patricia Valli from El Cronista. You mentioned the need to keep going with the reforms. And the government in Argentina is implementing a series of reforms. What’s the take of the IMF in terms of these? And if they are perhaps hurting the most vulnerable due to the increase of poverty numbers in Argentina in the past report?

    QUESTION: Hello. Juan Manuel Barca from Clarín Newspaper. I want to know if you raised your employment projection compared to the April—compared to the July forecast.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So let me first state at the outset that our projections for Argentina have not been updated since July, and the reason for this is because there are ongoing program discussions between the authorities and the Fund. And so while that process is going on, we did not update the projections for the October round.

    Now, to come to the question that was asked on the left. There are two things that are relevant for Argentina, two main things. One is what’s happening on the inflation side. Here, I think the progress has been very substantial. We are now seeing month‑on‑month inflation in Argentina close to 3.5 percent, and this is down from about 25 percent month on month back in December of last year. So very, very significant decline in the inflation rate. So that’s something to acknowledge. And the hope is, of course, that the measures in place will continue to improve the situation on that front.

    On the growth front, what we are saying is that activity has contracted substantially in the first half of the year, but there are signs that it’s starting to gradually recover. Now how much again, I cannot give you an update because we do not have it as of now. But there are signs that there is a recovery in real wages and in private credit and activity.

    Now, of course, this has been difficult for the Argentine economy, the decline in growth of that nature. And that’s something that, again, we are engaged in discussions with the authorities on the best way forward. I cannot comment more than that.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. Now I am going to get a question from our colleagues on WebEx. I think that Weier is there.

    QUESTION: I have a question on China. Given China’s recent implementation of various stimulus measures, such as support for the real estate—real sector and interest rate reductions and other economic incentives, we’ve already seen a major boost in its capital market. So how do you assess the potential impact of these developments on China’s economic recovery and growth perspective?

    Also, how the external effects, such as the Federal Reserve’s easing monetary path, will play a role here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: Before you answer on the Federal Reserve, there’s other questions on China of a similar nature. Recent stimulus announced by the Governor and its effects.

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So China, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, we have a slight downward revision for its 2024 growth, compared to our July projections to 4.8 percent. And that’s a revision that’s coming largely due to a weaker second quarter of the year. And that weaker second quarter of the year is reflecting continued decline in confidence in the household and corporate sector and also the continued problems in the property sector in China.

    Now, this is something that, of course, is a top priority to address for the Chinese authorities. And we’ve seen a number of measures that have been announced since the end of last month. First measures, monetary and financial measures announced by the People’s Bank of China, and then some fiscal measures that were announced a few weeks ago.

    These measures in general go in the right direction, from our perspective. They are trying to improve the situation in the property sector. They’re trying to, for instance, lowering borrowing rates or trying to improve the balance sheet of the property developers.

    In our view, in our assessment, the measures announced at the end of last month by the PBOC, although they go in the right direction, are not sufficient to lift growth in a substantially material way. And that’s why our forecast is still at about 4.8 percent for 2024 and is unchanged for next year, at 4.5 percent.

    The new, more recent measures announced a few weeks ago by the Ministry of Finance are not incorporated in our forecast. We are waiting to see the details. I should mention, however, that since then, there has also been a release of the Q3 growth for China, and this has also been a little bit on the disappointing side. So I would say that what we’re seeing in terms of where the Chinese economy might be going is a little bit of a downward revision coming from the Q3 forecast and then potentially some measures that will help lift the economy going forward.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. So we have an additional question online. Basically, it comes from a reporter in Israel who wants to know how the current conflict is affecting the region and the global economy. Also, if there’s any other questions regarding the ongoing conflict, we can go here in the first row, please.

    QUESTION: Hi. Amir Goumma from Asharq with Bloomberg. With the GCC countries increasingly focusing and diversifying their economies away from oil now, how the IMF sees the progress and how you assess that with geopolitical tensions that may affect the attraction of the investment?

    Mr. Gourinchas: OK. So on the impact of the conflict in the Middle East on the countries in the region, and more broadly, let me ask my colleague Petya Koeva Brooks to come in.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Sure. Indeed, the conflict has inflicted a heavy toll on the region, and our hearts go to all who have been affected by it. We are monitoring the situation very closely. And what we could say at this stage is apart from the enormous uncertainty that we see is that the fallout has been the hardest in the countries in the region, at the epicenter of the conflict. We’ve seen significant declines in output in West Bank, in Gaza. Lebanon has also been hard hit. Now, we’ve also seen impact in the—on the economy in Israel, although there, I think the—so far at least, the impact has been smaller.

    Now, beyond that, there has also been an impact on commodity prices, on oil prices. We’ve seen quite a lot of volatility, though, as other factors have also come in, such as the concerns about global demand kind of have pushed prices in the opposite direction.

    Now, beyond that, when it comes to specific countries in the GCC region, when it comes to, for instance, Saudi Arabia, we’ve seen there, actually the non‑oil output has done very well, and we do have a small downward revision in the overall growth rate, but that is pretty much because of the voluntary oil cuts that have now been extended through November. Let me stop here. Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We are coming here to the center of the room. I’m going to go way back. The gentleman in the blue shirt that I think is the third row from the back. Yep. There. He has—there, there, there. A little bit. Can you stand up? Yep. Perfect. And then I will go with you, with the lady.

    QUESTION: Thank you for doing this. Your alternative scenario about the trade war does not seem so far from reality. Indeed, especially if Trump wins the elections. So could you augment about that? Thank you.

    Mr. De Haro: We have a couple of questions similar to that nature.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, of course, I will first preface by saying we are not commenting on elections or potential platforms here at the IMF. What we are seeing and when we’re looking at the world economy goes beyond what might be happening in a single country. This is why the scenario that we are looking at in Box 1.2 of our World Economic Outlook is one that focuses on, if you want, an escalation of trade tensions between different regions—whether the U.S., the European Union, or China. And the numbers I quoted earlier are reflecting our model estimates of the cumulative impact of this increase in tensions. So I think that this is something that we are very concerned about. We’ve seen a very sharp increase in a number of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries since 2019, roughly. They’ve gone from 1,000 to 3,000, so tripling of trade‑distorting measures implemented by countries, and 2019 was not a low point. That was already something that was above what we were seeing in the 2010s. So there is definitely, you know, a direction of travel here that we are very concerned about because a lot of these trade‑distorting measures could reflect decisions by countries that are self‑centered but could be ultimately harmful not just to the global economy, but this is the benefits of doing a scenario analysis like the one we did. They are also hurtful for the countries that want to implement them, as well, because the impact on global trade also makes the residents of a country poorer.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I’m going to take a question from WebEx and then I’m going to go to you. I think that we have a question on the U.S. Please go ahead.

    QUESTION: My question would be regarding the U.S. resilience toward inflation shock. I remember talks about this during the April meetings and the April report. And I wanted to ask you whether you’re still committed to this forecast of the U.S. resiliency, and whether we can still see the risk of recession in the U.S. since recent talks about the unemployment data, it has not always come to the expectations of what the bond market or the stock exchange thinks.

    So is the U.S. still as resilient as you saw it in April this year?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So, I mean, the news on the U.S. is good in a sense. We have had an upgrade in growth forecasts for 2024 and 2025. The historical numbers have also been revised, so even upgraded 2023, that is already sort of behind us. But the numbers came in, and they were stronger than what was realized. And that strong growth performance has been happening in a context of a continued disinflation. There have been some bumps in the road. The disinflation may not have been proceeding, especially earlier in the year, as quickly as was projected, but lately it has been quite substantial.

    So what accounts for this is two things that are really important there. One is, there is strong productivity growth that we see when we look at the U.S. That’s somewhat unlike other advanced economies, in fact. When we look around the world. And the second is also a very significant role that immigration has played, the increase in foreign‑born workers in the U.S. that have been integrated fairly quickly into the labor force. Now, the increase in unemployment that we’ve seen recently—I just showed it in my opening remarks—reflects to a large extent the fact that you have this increase in foreign‑born workers. And it takes—they have been integrated quickly in the labor force, but still there was an influx of them or there was an influx of them, and it’s taken a little bit of time to absorb them. And that’s what is reflected in the increased unemployment rate. So the labor market picture remains one that is fairly, fairly robust, even though it has cooled off but from very, very tight levels. Growth is solid. So I think the answer to the question that was posed, I think a risk of a recession in the U.S. in the absence of a very sharp shock would be somewhat diminished.

    Now, that is really what paved the way when you think about what the Federal Reserve is doing, seeing this inflation coming down a lot but noticing the increase in unemployment, pivoting away from just fighting inflation, that fight is almost done, and now being more concerned about, maybe what might be happening going forward with the labor market and wanting to make sure that that cooling off of the labor market does not turn into something that is more negative.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. The clock here says that I have seven minutes that I can push a little bit, but we go there. Then we will go to this side. And come back here and maybe end around here.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is Hope Moses‑Ashike from Business Day Nigeria. So I am right here in this room, in April, you projected the Nigeria economy to grow by 3.3 percent, and you cited improved oil sector, security, and then agriculture. So I want to understand, what has changed since then in terms of Nigeria’s growth and the factors you mentioned? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Thank you. Jean‑Marc, do you want to comment on Nigeria?

    Mr. Natal: Yes. Rightly so. We revised growth for Nigeria in 2024 by .2 down. And, you know, things are volatile, I suppose, because the reason for the revision is precisely issues in agriculture related to flooding. And also issues in the production of oil related to security issues, and also maintenance issues that have pushed down the production of oil. So these two factors have played a role.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. We go to this side. I’m going to go to the front row, the lady with the white jacket. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. So this is still a follow‑up question since you just answered on Nigeria. What’s the IMF’s projection for the social impacts on full subsidy removal, especially when you—full subsidy removal and forex unification in terms of poverty, inequality, and food insecurity? And also, can give us your medium‑term projections for Nigeria’s growth? Thank you.

    Mr. Gourinchas: So I am afraid on this one I will have to go back and check because I do not have the number ready on the impact of the removal of the fuel subsidies specifically that you asked about. I do not know if my colleagues—

    Mr. De Haro: And I would encourage you to formulate this question in the press briefing for the regional outlook for the African Department. Probably there, you will get your answer, but reach out to us bilaterally and then we will get you the question.

    We are going to stay—we’re going to go to the gentleman in the back. Yep.

    QUESTION: Thanks very much. Andy Robinson of La Vanguardia, Barcelona, Spain. There seems to be a strange sort of divergence in the euro zone economy in which Spain—you have revised upwards Spain’s GDP growth forecast a whole point, percentage point, whilst Germany is languishing. Could I ask you, is Spain’s performance sustainable? And Germany’s in a recession?

    Also, one other question. You seem in your box on inflation and wage share and profit share, wage share you seem to be suggesting if there’s any danger of increasing inflation in the future, it’s more an excessive profit share than exactly wage? Could you tell me if that’s a correct interpretation? Thanks.

    Mr. Gourinchas: Yes. So just a few words on the euro area in general. And then I will let my colleague Petya come in on Spain. We do see some divergence across the different countries of the euro area. And one of the drivers is how reliant they are on manufacturing, as one of the key sectors in domestic production. And what you are seeing is, there is a general weakness in manufacturing and that’s heating countries like Germany. While countries that are maybe a bit more reliant on services, including tourism—and Spain is one of them—are seeing a better performance.

    Now, on the second part of your question, and I will turn it over to Petya, on the profit share and wages. We’re seeing now wage growth that is in excess of inflation. And sometimes people say, well, that’s a problem because that means, you know, maybe that cannot be sustained and therefore there will be more inflation. Well, not quite. That’s not the view we have here at the Fund. A lot of the increase in wages in excess of inflation right now—so that’s an improvement in real wages in standards of living—is reflecting a catchup phenomenon. It’s after years during which inflation was higher than wage inflation, wage increase. So real wages are catching up. They are covering lost ground.

    Now, during those years when inflation was higher than wages, profit margins somewhere were higher in the economy. And that is the profit margin that is being eroded back. So it’s not that we’re squeezing profits inordinately right now. It’s just they’re coming back more toward their historical level as real wages are catching up, and that’s not necessarily a concern in terms of inflation dynamics going forward. With this, let me turn it over to Petya.

    Ms. Koeva Brooks: Thank you. Indeed Spain does stand out as one of the countries with a substantial upward revision for this year. We’re now projecting growth to be 2.9, after last year, when it was 2.7. So what’s behind this revision is the positive surprises that we’ve already seen, especially in the second quarter, as well as some of the revisions to the back data.

    And then when we look at the composition of these surprises, again, it was net exports and the receipts from tourism that were a substantial contributor. But also, private consumption and investment also played a role, which may imply that some of the impact of the national recovery plan and the EU funds that are being used could—we could already be seeing the impact of that. And then when we move forward, we are expecting a slowdown in growth next year, but, again, if these—if this investment continues, of course, that would be a very positive factor behind the recovery. Thanks.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. I have time for just one question because literally, we have 15 seconds. So I’m going to go with the gentleman here.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Barry Wood, Hong Kong Radio. Mr. Gourinchas, in April you said likely we will see one rate cut in the United States. We’ve seen it. The data, as you just said, is very good. Would further rate cuts be counterproductive?

    Mr. Gourinchas: Well, in our projections, of course, we need to make some assumptions about what central banks, and this round of projection is no exception. So in our projections just released today, we’re assuming that there will be two more rate cuts by the Fed in 2024 and then four additional rate cuts in 2025. And that would bring the policy rate towards the terminal rate that is around 2.75, 3. Why do we see the additional rate cuts? Well, in part it’s the progress on inflation. And then as I mentioned earlier, as an answer to an earlier question, the fact that we’re seeing the labor markets cooling and therefore the concern for the Fed is now to make sure that that last part of the disinflation process is not one that is going to hit activity. In the Chapter 2 of our report, we describe how that last mile could be somewhat more costly because, as the supply constraints have eased and moved away, it becomes harder to bring down inflation in that last mile without hurting economic activity, so it’s important to also adjust the policy rate path in a direction of a little bit more easing, as the economy is smooth landing.

    Mr. De Haro: OK. As in life, all good things have to come to an end. But before that, I want to thank you all, on behalf of Pierre‑Olivier, Petya, and Jean‑Marc. Also, on behalf of the Communications Department and a couple of reminders for all of you, the Global Financial Stability Report press briefing is going to happen in this same room at around 10:15 a.m. Tomorrow morning, you have the press briefing for the Fiscal Monitor, and later on in the week, you will have the Managing Director’s press briefing and all the regional press briefings that we’ve been talking about. I want to encourage you to go to IMF.org, download the flagships, the World Economic Outlook, and if you have any questions, comments, feedback, everything to media at IMF.org. So have a great day.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER:

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI: Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation Reports Third Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEDMINSTER, N.J., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NASDAQ Global Select Market: PGC) (the “Company”) announces its third quarter 2024 financial results.

    This earnings release should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Q3 2024 Investor Update, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.pgbank.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

    During the third quarter of 2024, deposits grew $279 million, to $5.9 billion, which represents an annualized growth rate of 20%. Nearly half of the deposit growth during the quarter was attributed to an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit balances which grew $130 million to $1.1 billion. Strong core relationship growth throughout 2024 has allowed the Company to repay all outstanding short-term borrowings and strengthen its liquidity position.  The Company also saw an increase in loan demand during the third quarter. Outstanding loan balances increased by $51 million to $5.3 billion as of September 30, 2024.

    The Company recorded net income of $7.6 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $0.43 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income of $7.5 million and EPS of $0.42 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Net interest income increased $2.6 million, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis to $37.7 million during the third quarter of 2024 compared to $35.0 million in the second quarter.  The growth in net interest income was driven by continued improvement in the net interest margin. The net interest margin increased to 2.34% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to 2.25% for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 and 2.20% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    Douglas L. Kennedy, President and CEO said, “Our expansion into the metro New York market, leading with our ‘Single Point of Contact’ private banking strategy, continues to deliver results ahead of plan. Our third quarter results reflect this success through strong core deposit growth, continued improvement in net interest income and enhanced liquidity profile. Our New York Commercial Private Banking initiative is currently managing over $730 million in customer relationship deposits, which includes 31% in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. We expect that our expansion will become accretive to earnings in early 2025.”

    Mr. Kennedy also noted, “During the third quarter of 2024, Moody’s reaffirmed our investment grade ratings with a stable outlook after a thorough analysis of our business model and balance sheet. We are fully aware of the headwinds created by the current interest rate environment, and we are confident in our ability to manage through any of these issues that may arise as we execute our private banking strategy, which over time will deliver shareholder value.”

    The following are select highlights for the period ended September 30, 2024:

    Wealth Management:

    • AUM/AUA in our Wealth Management Division totaled a record $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.
    • Gross new business inflows for Q3 2024 totaled $140 million ($130 million managed).
    • Wealth Management fee income was $15.2 million in Q3 2024, which amounted to 27% of total revenue for the quarter.

    Commercial Banking and Balance Sheet Management:

    • Year-to-date total deposits have increased by $661 million, to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The Company intentionally allowed $121 million in high cost, non-core relationship deposits to roll off during the first nine months of 2024. Excluding this deposit run-off, core relationship deposits have grown by $782 million during 2024.
    • The Company has repaid $404 million in short-term borrowings as of September 30, 2024.
    • Total loans declined $116 million to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2023. However, outstanding loans increased by $51 million during the three-month period ended September 30, 2024 after experiencing contraction during the first six months of 2024.
    • Commercial and industrial lending (“C&I”) drove a majority of the growth during the third quarter. C&I balances represent 42% of the total loan portfolio at September 30, 2024. A strong pipeline of new business has been built heading into Q4.
    • Fee income on unused commercial lines of credit totaled $845,000 for Q3 2024.
    • The net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.34% in Q3 2024, an increase of 9 basis points compared to 2.25% at Q2 2024.
    • Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024 and represented 18% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024.

    Capital Management:

    • Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023.
    • During the third quarter, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares of common stock at a total cost of $2.6 million, or an average cost of $25.92 per share. During the first nine months of 2024, the Company repurchased 300,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $7.2 million. For the full year 2023, the Company repurchased 455,341 shares at a cost of $12.5 million.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Tier 1 Leverage Ratio stood at 10.99% for Peapack-Gladstone Bank (the “Bank”) and 9.33% for the Company. The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (to Risk-Weighted Assets) was 13.75% for the Bank and 11.67% for the Company at September 30, 2024. These ratios remain significantly above well capitalized standards, as capital continues to benefit from net income generation.

    SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT DETAILS:

    The following tables summarize specified financial details for the periods shown.

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 Year Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023

        Nine Months Ended     Nine Months Ended                
        September 30,     September 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2023       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 107.10     $ 119.41       $ (12.31 )     (10 )%
    Wealth management fee income     45.98       41.99         3.99       10  
    Capital markets activity     2.30       2.45         (0.15 )     (6 )
    Other income     10.91       11.55         (0.64 )     (6 )
    Total other income     59.19       55.99         3.20       6  
                               
    Total Revenue     166.29       175.40         (9.11 )     (5 )%
                               
    Operating expenses     127.82       110.68         17.14       15  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38.47       64.72         (26.25 )     (41 )
    Provision for credit losses     5.76       9.06         (3.30 )     (36 )
    Pretax income     32.71       55.66         (22.95 )     (41 )
    Income tax expense     8.96       15.40         (6.44 )     (42 )
    Net income   $ 23.75     $ 40.26       $ (16.51 )     (41 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.34     $ 2.23       $ (0.89 )     (40 )%
                               
    Return on average assets     0.49 %     0.84 %       (0.35 )      
    Return on average equity     5.42 %     9.66 %       (4.24 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Prior Year Quarter

        Three Months Ended       Three Months Ended              
        September 30,       September 30,     Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024       2023     (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68       $ 36.52     $ 1.16       3 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15         13.98       1.17       8  
    Capital markets activity     0.44         0.61       (0.17 )     (28 )
    Other income     3.35         4.76       (1.41 )     (30 )
    Total other income     18.94         19.35       (0.41 )     (2 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62         55.87       0.75       1 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65         37.41       7.24       19  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97         18.46       (6.49 )     (35 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22         5.86       (4.64 )     (79 )
    Pretax income     10.75         12.60       (1.85 )     (15 )
    Income tax expense     3.16         3.84       (0.68 )     (18 )
    Net income   $ 7.59       $ 8.76     $ (1.17 )     (13 )%
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43       $ 0.49     $ (0.06 )     (12 )%
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %       0.54 %     (0.08 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %       6.20 %     (1.08 )      

    September 2024 Quarter Compared to Linked Quarter

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended                
        September 30,     June 30,       Increase/  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024       (Decrease)  
    Net interest income   $ 37.68     $ 35.04       $ 2.64       8 %
    Wealth management fee income     15.15       16.42         (1.27 )     (8 )
    Capital markets activity     0.44       0.59         (0.15 )     (25 )
    Other income     3.35       4.55         (1.20 )     (26 )
    Total other income     18.94       21.56         (2.62 )     (12 )
                               
    Total Revenue     56.62       56.60         0.02       0 %
                               
    Operating expenses     44.65       43.13         1.52       4  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11.97       13.47         (1.50 )     (11 )
    Provision for credit losses     1.22       3.91         (2.69 )     (69 )
    Pretax income     10.75       9.56         1.19       12  
    Income tax expense     3.16       2.03         1.13       56  
    Net income   $ 7.59     $ 7.53       $ 0.06       1 %
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.43     $ 0.42       $ 0.01       2 %
                               
    Return on average assets annualized     0.46 %     0.47 %       (0.01 )      
    Return on average equity annualized     5.12 %     5.22 %       (0.10 )      

    SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY DETAILS:

    Wealth Management

    AUM/AUA in the Bank’s Wealth Management Division reached a record high of $12.1 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to $10.9 billion at December 31, 2023.  For the September 2024 quarter, the Wealth Management Team generated $15.2 million in fee income, compared to $16.4 million for the June 30, 2024 quarter and $14.0 million for the September 2023 quarter. The equity markets continued to improve during 2024, contributing to the increase in AUM/AUA along with gross new business inflows of $547 million.

    John Babcock, President of the Bank’s Wealth Management Division, noted, “Q3 2024 saw continued strong client inflows totaling new accounts and client additions of $140 million ($130 million managed). Our new business pipeline is healthy, and we continue to remain focused on delivering excellent service and advice to our clients. Our highly skilled wealth management professionals, our fiduciary powers and expertise, our financial planning capabilities combined with our high-touch client service model distinguishes us in our market and continues to drive our growth and success.”

    Loans / Commercial Banking

    Total loans declined $116 million, or 2%, to $5.3 billion at September 30, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023, primarily driven by repayments, maturities and tighter lending standards. Most of the decline in outstanding loans during the first nine months of 2024 was related to reductions in multifamily and commercial real estate balances. Total C&I loans and leases at September 30, 2024 were $2.2 billion or 42% of the total loan portfolio.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “Based on a more constructive economic backdrop, we recently began building our pipeline of C&I loans and leases and believe that loan demand will continue to show improvement as we look forward to coming periods ahead. We are proud to have built a leading middle market commercial banking franchise, as evidenced by our C&I Portfolio, Treasury Management services, Corporate Advisory and SBA businesses. We anticipate these business lines fit perfectly with our private banking business model and will generate solid production going forward. During the quarter we originated loans that carried an average spread of more than 4% above our cost of funds.  Having this capability will help us in the near term as the real estate market adjusts to changing market conditions.”

    Net Interest Income (NII)/Net Interest Margin (NIM)

    The Company’s NII of $37.7 million and NIM of 2.34% for Q3 2024 increased $2.6 million and 9 basis points from NII of $35.0 million and NIM of 2.25% for the linked quarter (Q2 2024), and increased $1.2 million and 6 basis points from NII of $36.5 million and NIM of 2.28% compared to the prior year period (Q3 2023). Our single point of contact private banking strategy continues to deliver lower cost core deposit relationships. Noninterest-bearing checking deposits increased by $130 million during the third quarter of 2024, which also drove the improvement in NIM.

    Funding / Liquidity / Interest Rate Risk Management

    Total deposits increased $661 million to $5.9 billion at September 30, 2024 from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2023.  The change in deposit balances included a decline in brokered deposits and non-core deposit relationships.  The overall growth in deposits has strengthened balance sheet liquidity and reduced reliance on outside borrowings and other non-core funding sources. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings at September 30, 2024, compared to $404 million at December 31, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s balance sheet liquidity (investments available for sale, interest-earning deposits and cash) totaled $1.2 billion, or 18% of assets. The Company maintains additional liquidity resources of approximately $3.0 billion through secured available borrowing facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  The available funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve are secured by the Company’s loan and investment portfolios. The Company’s total on and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $4.2 billion, which amounts to 293% of the total uninsured/uncollateralized deposits currently on the Company’s balance sheet.

    Income from Capital Markets Activities

    Noninterest income from Capital Markets activities (detailed below) totaled $435,000 for the September 2024 quarter compared to $586,000 for the June 2024 quarter and $613,000 for the September 2023 quarter.

        Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended     Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)   2024     2024     2023  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)   $ 15     $ 34     $ 37  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       85  
    Total capital markets activity   $ 435     $ 586     $ 613  

    Other Noninterest Income (other than Wealth Management Fee Income and Income from Capital Markets Activities)        

    Other noninterest income was $3.4 million for Q3 2024 compared to $4.6 million for Q2 2024 and $4.8 million for Q3 2023. Q3 2024 included $225,000 of income recorded by the Equipment Finance Division related to equipment transfers to lessees upon the termination of leases, compared to $1.6 million in Q2 2024 and $2.3 million in Q3 2023, respectively. Additionally, Q3 2024 included $845,000 of unused line fees compared to $786,000 for Q2 2024 and $794,000 for Q3 2023.

    Operating Expenses

    The Company’s total operating expenses were $44.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $37.4 million for the quarter ended September 2023. The third quarter of 2024 reflects the full run rate of expenses associated with the Company’s expansion into New York City.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We continue to make investments related to our strategic decision to expand into New York City and are confident that these investments will position us for future growth and profitability, which will ultimately translate to increased shareholder value.  We continue to look for opportunities to create efficiencies and manage expenses throughout the Company while investing in enhancements to the client experience.”

    Income Taxes

    The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was 29.4%, as compared to 21.2% for the June 2024 quarter and 30.5% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.  The June 2024 quarter included a one-time benefit related to the Company’s deferred tax assets associated with a surtax imposed by the State of New Jersey in June 2024. Excluding such benefit, the effective tax rate for the June 2024 quarter would have been approximately 29.0%.

    Asset Quality / Provision for Credit Losses

    Nonperforming assets remained elevated at $80.5 million, or 1.18% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, as compared to $82.1 million, or 1.26% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. Loans past due 30 to 89 days and still accruing were $31.4 million, or 0.59% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $34.7 million, or 0.66% of total loans, at June 30, 2024. Criticized and classified loans totaled $261.1 million at September 30, 2024, reflecting a decrease of $8.0 million as compared to $269.1 million at June 30, 2024. The Company currently has no loans or leases on deferral and still accruing.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company’s provision for credit losses was $1.2 million compared to $3.9 million for the June 2024 quarter and $5.9 million for the September 2023 quarter. The provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2024 was driven by overall slower loan growth along with additional specific reserves related to certain isolated credits, of $1.8 million partially offset by a recovery of approximately $2.1 million. The higher provision for the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by charge-offs related to the sale of two problem loans, which were approaching foreclosure and transferred to other real estate owned.

    At September 30, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $71.3 million (1.34% of total loans), compared to $68.0 million (1.29% of total loans) at June 30, 2024, and $68.6 million (1.25% of total loans) at September 30, 2023.

    Mr. Kennedy noted, “We are starting to see some of our asset quality metrics improve, which supports our position that most of our credit issues are isolated to a small number of specific borrowers and sponsors. We continue to work through each credit one at a time while building up reserve coverage. All of the multifamily loans that matured or repriced in 2024 have continued to make their scheduled payments despite the higher rate environment.”

    Capital

    The Company’s capital position increased during the third quarter of 2024 due to net income of $7.6 million, which was partially offset by the repurchase of 100,000 shares through the Company’s repurchase program at a total cost of $2.6 million and the quarterly dividend payment totaling $882,000. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2024, capital benefited from a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive losses of $13.5 million, net of tax. The total accumulated other comprehensive loss declined to $54.8 million as of September 30, 2024 ($57.6 million loss related to the available for sale securities portfolio partially offset by a $2.8 million gain on the cash flow hedges). 

    Tangible book value per share increased 6% to $32.00 at September 30, 2024 from $30.31 at December 31, 2023. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. See the reconciliation tables included in this release for further detail. Book value per share increased 5% to $34.57 per share at September 30, 2024 compared to $32.90 at December 31, 2023. The Company’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios as of September 30, 2024 remain strong and reflect increases from December 31, 2023 levels. Where applicable, such ratios remain well above regulatory well capitalized standards.

    The Company employs quarterly capital stress testing modeling of an adverse case and severely adverse case. In the most recently completed stress test (as of June 30, 2024), under the severely adverse case, and no growth scenario, the Bank remains well capitalized over a two-year stress period.

    On September 25, 2024, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share payable on November 22, 2024 to shareholders of record on November 7, 2024.

    ABOUT THE COMPANY

    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation is a New Jersey based bank holding company with total assets of $6.8 billion and assets under management/administration of $12.1 billion as of September 30, 2024.  Founded in 1921, Peapack-Gladstone Bank is a commercial bank that provides Private Banking customized solutions through its wealth management, commercial and retail solutions, including residential lending and online platforms, to businesses, not for profits and consumers.  Peapack Private, the bank’s wealth management division, offers comprehensive financial, tax, fiduciary and investment advice and solutions to individuals, families, privately-held businesses, family offices and not-for-profit organizations, which help them to establish, maintain and expand their legacy. Together, Peapack-Gladstone Bank and Peapack Private offer an unparalleled commitment to client service. Visit http://www.pgbank.com and http://www.peapackprivate.com for more information.

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The foregoing may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, investments, relationships, opportunities and market conditions. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect,” “look,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “may” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • our ability to successfully grow our business and implement our strategic plan, including our ability to generate revenues to offset the increased personnel and other costs related to the strategic plan;
    • the impact of anticipated higher operating expenses in 2024 and beyond;
    • our ability to successfully integrate wealth management firm and team acquisitions;
    • our ability to successfully integrate our expanded employee base;
    • an unexpected decline in the economy, in particular in our New Jersey and New York market areas, including potential recessionary conditions;
    • declines in our net interest margin caused by the interest rate environment and/or our highly competitive market;
    • declines in the value in our investment portfolio;
    • impact from a pandemic event on our business, operations, customers, allowance for credit losses and capital levels;
    • higher than expected increases in our allowance for credit losses;
    • higher than expected increases in credit losses or in the level of delinquent, nonperforming, classified and criticized loans or charge-offs;
    • inflation and changes in interest rates, which may adversely impact our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of our financial instruments, reduce our loan originations and lead to higher operating costs;
    • decline in real estate values within our market areas;
    • legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Basel III and related regulations) that may result in increased compliance costs;
    • successful cyberattacks against our IT infrastructure and that of our IT and third-party providers;
    • higher than expected FDIC insurance premiums;
    • adverse weather conditions;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • our inability to successfully generate new business in new geographic markets, including our expansion into New York City;
    • a reduction in our lower-cost funding sources;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio, including the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • our inability to adapt to technological changes;
    • claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility, environmental laws and other matters;
    • our inability to retain key employees;
    • demands for loans and deposits in our market areas;
    • adverse changes in securities markets;
    • changes in New York City rent regulation law;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices; and/or
    • other unexpected material adverse changes in our financial condition, operations or earnings.

    A discussion of these and other factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. Except as may be required by the applicable law or regulation, we undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in the Company’s expectations.

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Contact:
    Frank A. Cavallaro, SEVP and CFO
    Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation
    T: 908-306-8933

    (Tables to follow)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Income Statement Data:                              
    Interest income   $ 83,203     $ 79,238     $ 79,194     $ 80,178     $ 78,489  
    Interest expense     45,522       44,196       44,819       43,503       41,974  
    Net interest income     37,681       35,042       34,375       36,675       36,515  
    Wealth management fee income     15,150       16,419       14,407       13,758       13,975  
    Service charges and fees     1,327       1,345       1,322       1,255       1,319  
    Bank owned life insurance     390       328       503       357       310  
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value
    (Mortgage banking)
        15       34       56       18       37  
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower
    of cost or fair value
              23                    
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     365       449       400       239       491  
    Corporate advisory fee income     55       103       818       39       85  
    Other income     1,162       2,938       1,306       1,339       3,541  
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     474       (84 )     (111 )     585       (404 )
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
                                   
    Total revenue     56,619       56,597       53,076       54,265       55,869  
                                   
    Salaries and employee benefits     31,050       29,884       28,476       24,320       25,264  
    Premises and equipment     5,633       5,776       5,081       5,416       5,214  
    FDIC insurance expense     870       870       945       765       741  
    Other expenses     7,096       6,596       5,539       7,115       6,194  
    Total operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     11,970       13,471       13,035       16,649       18,456  
    Provision for credit losses     1,224       3,911       627       5,026       5,856  
    Income before income taxes     10,746       9,560       12,408       11,623       12,600  
    Income tax expense     3,159       2,030       3,777       3,024       3,845  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Per Common Share Data:                              
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.48     $ 0.49  
    Earnings per share (diluted)     0.43       0.42       0.48       0.48       0.49  
    Weighted average number of common
    shares outstanding:
                                 
    Basic     17,616,046       17,747,070       17,711,639       17,770,158       17,856,961  
    Diluted     17,700,042       17,792,296       17,805,347       17,961,400       18,010,127  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets annualized (ROAA)     0.46 %     0.47 %     0.54 %     0.53 %     0.54 %
    Return on average equity annualized (ROAE)     5.12 %     5.22 %     5.94 %     6.13 %     6.20 %
    Return on average tangible equity annualized (ROATCE) (A)     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.34 %     2.25 %     2.20 %     2.29 %     2.28 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     78.86 %     76.20 %     75.44 %     69.32 %     66.97 %
    Operating expenses / average assets annualized     2.73 %     2.70 %     2.51 %     2.33 %     2.31 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue. For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended              
        September 30,     Change  
        2024     2023     $     %  
    Income Statement Data:                        
    Interest income   $ 241,635     $ 223,832     $ 17,803       8 %
    Interest expense     134,537       104,418       30,119       29 %
    Net interest income     107,098       119,414       (12,316 )     -10 %
    Wealth management fee income     45,976       41,989       3,987       9 %
    Service charges and fees     3,994       3,897       97       2 %
    Bank owned life insurance     1,221       912       309       34 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at fair value (Mortgage banking)     105       73       32       44 %
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     23             23     N/A  
    Gain on sale of SBA loans     1,214       2,194       (980 )     -45 %
    Corporate advisory fee income     976       180       796       442 %
    Other income     5,406       7,147       (1,741 )     -24 %
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     279       (404 )     683       -169 %
    Total other income     59,194       55,988       3,206       6 %
                             
    Total revenue     166,292       175,402       (9,110 )     -5 %
                             
    Salaries and employee benefits     89,410       76,204       13,206       17 %
    Premises and equipment     16,490       14,317       2,173       15 %
    FDIC insurance expense     2,685       2,181       504       23 %
    Other expenses     19,231       17,977       1,254       7 %
    Total operating expenses     127,816       110,679       17,137       15 %
    Pretax income before provision for credit losses     38,476       64,723       (26,247 )     -41 %
    Provision for credit losses     5,762       9,065       (3,303 )     -36 %
    Income before income taxes     32,714       55,658       (22,944 )     -41 %
    Income tax expense     8,966       15,403       (6,437 )     -42 %
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255     $ (16,507 )     -41 %
                             
                             
    Per Common Share Data:                        
    Earnings per share (basic)   $ 1.34     $ 2.25     $ (0.91 )     -40 %
    Earnings per share (diluted)     1.34       2.23       (0.89 )     -40 %
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     17,691,309       17,876,316       (185,007 )     -1 %
    Diluted     17,746,560       18,091,524       (344,964 )     -2 %
    Performance Ratios:                        
    Return on average assets (ROAA)     0.49 %     0.84 %     (0.35 )%     -41 %
    Return on average equity (ROAE)     5.42 %     9.66 %     (4.24 )%     -44 %
    Return on average tangible equity (ROATCE) (A)     5.88 %     10.55 %     (4.67 )%     -44 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)     2.26 %     2.54 %     (0.28 )%     -11 %
    GAAP efficiency ratio (B)     76.86 %     63.10 %     13.76 %     22 %
    Operating expenses / average assets     2.65 %     2.31 %     0.34 %     15 %

    (A) Return on average tangible equity is calculated by dividing tangible equity by annualized net income. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (B) Calculated as total operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.  For Non-GAAP efficiency ratio, see the Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks   $ 8,129     $ 5,586     $ 5,769     $ 5,887     $ 7,400  
    Federal funds sold                              
    Interest-earning deposits     484,529       310,143       189,069       181,784       180,469  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     492,658       315,729       194,838       187,671       187,869  
    Securities available for sale     682,713       591,884       550,870       550,617       521,005  
    Securities held to maturity     103,158       105,013       106,498       107,755       108,940  
    CRA equity security, at fair value     13,445       12,971       13,055       13,166       12,581  
    FHLB and FRB stock, at cost (A)     12,459       12,478       18,079       31,044       34,158  
                                   
    Residential mortgage     591,374       579,057       581,426       578,427       585,295  
    Multifamily mortgage     1,784,861       1,796,687       1,827,165       1,836,390       1,871,853  
    Commercial mortgage     578,559       600,859       615,964       637,625       622,469  
    Commercial and industrial loans     2,247,853       2,185,827       2,235,342       2,284,940       2,321,917  
    Consumer loans     78,160       69,579       66,827       62,036       57,227  
    Home equity lines of credit     38,971       37,117       35,542       36,464       34,411  
    Other loans     389       172       184       238       265  
    Total loans     5,320,167       5,269,298       5,362,450       5,436,120       5,493,437  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     71,283       67,984       66,251       65,888       68,592  
    Net loans     5,248,884       5,201,314       5,296,199       5,370,232       5,424,845  
                                   
    Premises and equipment     25,716       24,932       24,494       24,166       23,969  
    Accrued interest receivable     31,973       33,534       32,672       30,676       22,889  
    Bank owned life insurance     47,837       47,716       47,580       47,581       47,509  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Finance lease right-of-use assets     1,020       1,055       1,900       2,087       2,274  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets     41,650       38,683       16,035       12,096       12,800  
    Due from brokers           3,184                    
    Other assets     47,081       71,387       60,591       53,752       76,456  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
                                   
    LIABILITIES                              
    Deposits:                              
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 1,079,877     $ 950,368     $ 914,893     $ 957,687     $ 947,405  
    Interest-bearing demand deposits     3,316,217       3,229,814       3,029,119       2,882,193       2,871,359  
    Savings     103,979       105,602       108,305       111,573       117,905  
    Money market accounts     902,562       824,158       775,132       740,559       761,833  
    Certificates of deposit – Retail     515,297       502,810       486,079       443,791       422,291  
    Certificates of deposit – Listing Service     7,454       7,454       7,704       7,804       9,103  
    Subtotal “customer” deposits     5,925,386       5,620,206       5,321,232       5,143,607       5,129,896  
    IB Demand – Brokered     10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000       10,000  
    Certificates of deposit – Brokered           26,000       145,480       120,507       119,463  
    Total deposits     5,935,386       5,656,206       5,476,712       5,274,114       5,259,359  
    Short-term borrowings                 119,490       403,814       470,576  
    Finance lease liability     1,388       1,427       3,104       3,430       3,752  
    Operating lease liability     44,775       41,347       17,630       12,876       13,595  
    Subordinated debt, net     133,489       133,417       133,346       133,274       133,203  
    Due to brokers           9,981                    
    Other liabilities     71,140       74,650       75,892       65,668       82,140  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES     6,186,178       5,917,028       5,826,174       5,893,176       5,962,625  
    Shareholders’ equity     607,614       588,322       582,379       583,681       558,956  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                              
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Assets under management and / or administration at
    Peapack-Gladstone Bank’s Private Wealth Management
    Division (market value, not included above-dollars in billions)
      $ 12.1     $ 11.5     $ 11.5     $ 10.9     $ 10.4  

    (A) FHLB means “Federal Home Loan Bank” and FRB means “Federal Reserve Bank.”

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Asset Quality:                              
    Loans past due over 90 days and still accruing   $     $     $ 35     $     $  
    Nonaccrual loans     80,453       82,075       69,811       61,324       70,809  
    Other real estate owned                              
    Total nonperforming assets   $ 80,453     $ 82,075     $ 69,846     $ 61,324     $ 70,809  
                                   
    Nonperforming loans to total loans     1.51 %     1.56 %     1.30 %     1.13 %     1.29 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     1.18 %     1.26 %     1.09 %     0.95 %     1.09 %
                                   
    Performing modifications (A)(B)   $ 51,796     $ 26,788     $ 12,311     $ 248     $ 248  
                                   
    Loans past due 30 through 89 days and still accruing   $ 31,446     $ 34,714     $ 73,699     $ 34,589     $ 9,780  
                                   
    Loans subject to special mention   $ 113,655     $ 140,791     $ 59,450     $ 71,397     $ 53,328  
                                   
    Classified loans   $ 147,422     $ 128,311     $ 117,869     $ 84,372     $ 94,866  
                                   
    Individually evaluated loans   $ 79,972     $ 81,802     $ 69,530     $ 60,710     $ 70,184  
                                   
    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”):                              
    Beginning of quarter   $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592     $ 62,704  
    Provision for credit losses (C)     1,227       3,901       615       5,082       5,944  
    (Charge-offs)/recoveries, net (D)     2,072       (2,168 )     (252 )     (7,786 )     (56 )
    End of quarter   $ 71,283     $ 67,984     $ 66,251     $ 65,888     $ 68,592  
                                   
    ACL to nonperforming loans     88.60 %     82.83 %     94.85 %     107.44 %     96.87 %
    ACL to total loans     1.34 %     1.29 %     1.24 %     1.21 %     1.25 %
    Collectively evaluated ACL to total loans (E)     1.16 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.13 %     1.10 %

    (A) Amounts reflect modifications that are paying according to modified terms.
    (B) Excludes modifications included in nonaccrual loans of $3.7 million at September 30, 2024, $3.2 million at June 30, 2024, $3.2 million at March 31, 2024, $3.0 million at December 31, 2023 and $3.1 million at September 30, 2023.
    (C) Excludes a credit of $3,000 at September 30, 2024, a provision of $10,000 at June 30, 2024, a provision of $12,000 at March 31, 2024, a credit of $55,000 at December 31, 2023 and a credit of $88,000 at September 30, 2023 related to off-balance sheet commitments.
    (D) Net charge-offs for the quarter ended December 31, 2023 included charge-offs of $2.2 million of a previously established reserve to loans individually evaluated on one multifamily loan and $5.6 million on one equipment finance relationship.
    (E) Total ACL less reserves to loans individually evaluated equals collectively evaluated ACL.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        As of  
        September 30,     December 31,     September 30,  
        2024     2023     2023  
    Capital Adequacy                              
    Equity to total assets (A)         8.94 %         9.01 %         8.57 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (B)         8.33 %         8.36 %         7.92 %
    Book value per share (C)       $ 34.57         $ 32.90         $ 31.37  
    Tangible book value per share (D)       $ 32.00         $ 30.31         $ 28.77  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss*         9.07 %         9.28 %         9.06 %
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss*       $ 35.11         $ 33.97         $ 33.36  

    *Excludes other comprehensive loss of $54.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, $64.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2023, and $81.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.

    (A) Equity to total assets is calculated as total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets at quarter end.
    (B) Tangible equity and tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. Tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at quarter end is calculated by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at quarter end. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation included in these tables.
    (C) Book value per common share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by quarter end common shares outstanding.
    (D) Tangible book value per share excludes intangible assets. Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible equity by quarter end common shares outstanding. See Non-GAAP financial measures reconciliation tables.

        As of
        September 30,   December 31,   September 30,
        2024     2023     2023  
    Regulatory Capital – Holding Company                              
    Tier I leverage   $ 615,486     9.33 %   $ 600,444     9.19 %   $ 592,061     9.05 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets     615,486     11.67       600,444     11.43       592,061     11.13  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets
        615,474     11.67       600,432     11.43       592,043     11.13  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets     800,961     15.19       785,413     14.95       784,777     14.76  
                                   
    Regulatory Capital – Bank                              
    Tier I leverage (E)   $ 724,038     10.99 %   $ 707,446     10.83 %   $ 702,517     10.75 %
    Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets (F)     724,038     13.75       707,446     13.48       702,517     13.22  
    Common equity tier I capital ratio
    to risk-weighted assets (G)
        724,026     13.75       707,434     13.47       702,499     13.22  
    Tier I & II capital to risk-weighted assets (H)     789,954     15.00       773,083     14.73       768,979     14.47  

    (E) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 4.00% ($264 million)
    (F) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 8.50% ($448 million)
    (G) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 7.00% ($369 million)
    (H) Regulatory well capitalized standard (including capital conservation buffer) = 10.50% ($553 million)

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOANS CLOSED
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Quarters Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 26,955     $ 16,087     $ 11,661     $ 5,895     $ 21,310  
    Residential loans sold     1,853       2,361       4,025       1,449       2,503  
    Total residential loans     28,808       18,448       15,686       7,344       23,813  
    Commercial real estate     4,300       2,600       11,500       21,375       3,900  
    Multifamily     11,295       4,330       1,900       5,725       3,000  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     242,829       103,065       145,803       145,397       176,845  
    SBA     9,106       8,200       2,790       7,326       300  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     11,675       10,950       3,850       350       6,875  
    Total commercial loans     279,205       129,145       165,843       180,173       190,920  
    Installment loans     8,137       1,664       6,868       2,946       6,999  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     10,421       4,787       2,103       4,174       6,275  
    Total loans closed   $ 326,571     $ 154,044     $ 190,500     $ 194,637     $ 228,007  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
        2024     2023  
    Residential loans retained   $ 54,703     $ 90,971  
    Residential loans sold     8,239       5,052  
    Total residential loans     62,942       96,023  
    Commercial real estate     18,400       66,125  
    Multifamily     17,525       59,812  
    Commercial (C&I) loans (A) (B)     491,697       543,631  
    SBA     20,096       23,963  
    Wealth lines of credit (A)     26,475       34,050  
    Total commercial loans     574,193       727,581  
    Installment loans     16,669       23,672  
    Home equity lines of credit (A)     17,311       15,303  
    Total loans closed   $ 671,115     $ 862,579  

    (A) Includes loans and lines of credit that closed in the period but not necessarily funded.
    (B) Includes equipment finance.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 806,861     $ 5,170       2.56 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,198       11       3.67  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       580,951       5,208       3.59  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,502,351       27,746       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,298,723       37,357       6.50  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       12,346       282       9.14  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       56,248       967       6.88  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       34,250       680       7.94  
    Other     239       6       10.04       234       7       11.97  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,485,103       72,247       5.27  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       136,315       1,463       4.29  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,429,477       78,891       4.91 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   6,954              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (63,625 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   23,880              
    Other assets     139,042                   85,582              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   52,791              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 2,813,080     $ 24,318       3.46 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       771,781       4,458       2.31  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       118,718       75       0.25  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       415,665       3,459       3.33  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,119,244       32,310       3.14  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       136       5.44  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       102,777       1,183       4.60  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,232,021       33,629       3.18  
    Borrowings                       470,616       6,569       5.58  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       3,863       46       4.76  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,163       1,730       5.20  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,839,663       41,974       3.47 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   990,854              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   86,598              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,077,452              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   565,153              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,482,268              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 36,917        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.44 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.28 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
        Average     Income/     Annualized     Average     Income/     Annualized  
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 865,892     $ 6,107       2.82 %   $ 801,715     $ 5,168       2.58 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                                    
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     579,949       5,834       4.02       576,944       5,582       3.87  
    Commercial mortgages     2,381,771       27,362       4.60       2,420,570       26,881       4.44  
    Commercial     2,159,648       37,588       6.96       2,191,370       37,067       6.77  
    Commercial construction     22,371       507       9.07       21,628       489       9.04  
    Installment     73,440       1,267       6.90       67,034       1,143       6.82  
    Home equity     38,768       814       8.40       36,576       748       8.18  
    Other     239       6       10.04       200       6       12.00  
    Total loans     5,256,186       73,378       5.58       5,314,322       71,916       5.41  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     326,707       3,982       4.88       207,287       2,418       4.67  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,448,785       83,467       5.18 %     6,323,324       79,502       5.03 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     7,521                   7,537              
    Allowance for credit losses     (70,317 )                 (67,568 )            
    Premises and equipment     25,530                   24,820              
    Other assets     139,042                   99,838              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     101,776                   64,627              
    Total assets   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,214,186     $ 31,506       3.92 %   $ 3,094,386     $ 29,252       3.78 %
    Money markets     833,325       6,419       3.08       791,385       6,016       3.04  
    Savings     104,293       117       0.45       105,825       96       0.36  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     512,794       5,540       4.32       504,313       5,367       4.26  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,664,598       43,582       3.74       4,495,909       40,731       3.62  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       134       5.36       10,000       134       5.36  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     7,913       106       5.36       98,642       1,242       5.04  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,682,511       43,822       3.74       4,604,551       42,107       3.66  
    Borrowings                       27,247       381       5.59  
    Capital lease obligation     1,401       15       4.28       2,869       22       3.07  
    Subordinated debt     133,449       1,685       5.05       133,377       1,686       5.06  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,817,361       45,522       3.78 %     4,768,044       44,196       3.71 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     1,016,014                   945,231              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     124,399                   97,470              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,140,413                   1,042,701              
    Shareholders’ equity     592,787                   577,206              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,550,561                 $ 6,387,951              
    Net interest income         $ 37,945                 $ 35,306        
    Net interest spread                 1.40 %                 1.32 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.34 %                 2.25 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
    (Tax-Equivalent Basis, Dollars in Thousands)
    (Unaudited)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Average     Income/           Average     Income/        
        Balance     Expense     Yield     Balance     Expense     Yield  
    ASSETS:                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Investments:                                    
    Taxable (A)   $ 820,594     $ 16,411       2.67 %   $ 801,535     $ 14,541       2.42 %
    Tax-exempt (A) (B)                       1,637       49       3.99  
                                         
    Loans (B) (C):                                    
    Mortgages     578,187       16,836       3.88       556,220       14,433       3.46  
    Commercial mortgages     2,420,772       81,783       4.50       2,495,175       80,503       4.30  
    Commercial     2,196,921       112,214       6.81       2,247,803       106,182       6.30  
    Commercial construction     20,981       1,425       9.06       7,903       536       9.04  
    Installment     68,605       3,524       6.85       49,214       2,416       6.55  
    Home equity     37,255       2,298       8.22       33,914       1,903       7.48  
    Other     218       19       11.62       260       22       11.28  
    Total loans     5,322,939       218,099       5.46       5,390,489       205,995       5.10  
    Federal funds sold                                    
    Interest-earning deposits     225,070       7,922       4.69       147,071       4,452       4.04  
    Total interest-earning assets     6,368,603       242,432       5.08 %     6,340,732       225,037       4.73 %
    Noninterest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks     8,384                   8,388              
    Allowance for credit losses     (68,337 )                 (62,753 )            
    Premises and equipment     24,917                   23,850              
    Other assets     109,152                   76,992              
    Total noninterest-earning assets     74,116                   46,477              
    Total assets   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
                                         
    LIABILITIES:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
    Checking   $ 3,088,218     $ 88,192       3.81 %   $ 2,739,115     $ 63,018       3.07 %
    Money markets     794,297       17,959       3.01       893,567       13,185       1.97  
    Savings     106,200       302       0.38       128,437       148       0.15  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     498,353       15,762       4.22       386,488       7,650       2.64  
    Subtotal interest-bearing deposits     4,487,068       122,215       3.63       4,147,607       84,001       2.70  
    Interest-bearing demand – brokered     10,000       394       5.25       15,311       469       4.08  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     78,042       2,950       5.04       51,916       1,584       4.07  
    Total interest-bearing deposits     4,575,110       125,559       3.66       4,214,834       86,054       2.72  
    Borrowings     87,224       3,848       5.88       331,170       13,249       5.33  
    Capital lease obligation     2,491       75       4.01       4,179       149       4.75  
    Subordinated debt     133,377       5,055       5.05       133,090       4,966       4.98  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4,798,202       134,537       3.74 %     4,683,273       104,418       2.97 %
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand deposits     959,571                   1,066,162              
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     101,247                   82,215              
    Total noninterest-bearing liabilities     1,060,818                   1,148,377              
    Shareholders’ equity     583,699                   555,559              
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 6,442,719                 $ 6,387,209              
    Net interest income         $ 107,895                 $ 120,619        
    Net interest spread                 1.34 %                 1.76 %
    Net interest margin (D)                 2.26 %                 2.54 %

    (A) Average balances for available for sale securities are based on amortized cost.
    (B) Interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate.
    (C) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include nonaccrual loans.
    (D) Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis as a percentage of total average interest-earning assets.

    PEAPACK-GLADSTONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES RECONCILIATION

    Tangible book value per share and tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end are non-GAAP financial measures derived from GAAP-based amounts. We calculate tangible equity and tangible assets by excluding the balance of intangible assets from shareholders’ equity and total assets, respectively. We calculate tangible book value per share by dividing tangible equity by common shares outstanding, as compared to book value per common share, which we calculate by dividing shareholders’ equity by common shares outstanding at period end. We calculate tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets at period end by dividing tangible equity by tangible assets at period end. We believe that this is consistent with the treatment by bank regulatory agencies, which exclude intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios.

    The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure of expense control relative to recurring revenue. We calculate the efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expenses, excluding other real estate owned provision, as determined under GAAP, by net interest income and total noninterest income as determined under GAAP, but excluding net gains/(losses) on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value and excluding net gains on securities from this calculation, which we refer to below as recurring revenue. We believe that this provides a reasonable measure of core expenses relative to core revenue.

    We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide information that is important to investors and useful in understanding our financial position, results and ratios because our management internally assesses our performance based, in part, on these measures. However, these non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and are not a substitute for an analysis based on GAAP measures. As other companies may use different calculations for these measures, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titles measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and efficiency ratio to the underlying GAAP numbers is set forth below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Shareholders’ equity   $ 607,614     $ 588,322     $ 582,379     $ 583,681     $ 558,956  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible equity   $ 562,416     $ 542,852     $ 536,637     $ 537,667     $ 512,670  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible equity excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 617,236     $ 611,194     $ 604,397     $ 602,545     $ 594,323  
                                   
    Period end shares outstanding     17,577,747       17,666,490       17,761,538       17,739,677       17,816,922  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 32.00     $ 30.73     $ 30.21     $ 30.31     $ 28.77  
    Tangible book value per share excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 35.11     $ 34.60     $ 34.03     $ 33.97     $ 33.36  
    Book value per share     34.57       33.30       32.79       32.90       31.37  
                                   
    Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets                              
    Total assets   $ 6,793,792     $ 6,505,350     $ 6,408,553     $ 6,476,857     $ 6,521,581  
    Less: Intangible assets, net     45,198       45,470       45,742       46,014       46,286  
    Tangible assets   $ 6,748,594     $ 6,459,880     $ 6,362,811     $ 6,430,843     $ 6,475,295  
    Less: other comprehensive loss     (54,820 )     (68,342 )     (67,760 )     (64,878 )     (81,653 )
    Tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss   $ 6,803,414     $ 6,528,222     $ 6,430,571     $ 6,495,721     $ 6,556,948  
                                   
    Tangible equity to tangible assets     8.33 %     8.40 %     8.43 %     8.36 %     7.92 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets excluding other comprehensive loss     9.07 %     9.36 %     9.40 %     9.28 %     9.06 %
    Equity to assets     8.94 %     9.04 %     9.09 %     9.01 %     8.57 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net income   $ 7,587     $ 7,530     $ 8,631     $ 8,599     $ 8,755  
                                   
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 592,787     $ 577,206     $ 581,003     $ 561,055     $ 565,153  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,350       45,624       45,903       46,167       46,468  
    Average tangible equity   $ 547,437     $ 531,582     $ 535,100     $ 514,888     $ 518,685  
                                   
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.54 %     5.67 %     6.45 %     6.68 %     6.75 %
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Return on Average Tangible Equity   2024     2023  
    Net income   $ 23,748     $ 40,255  
                 
    Average shareholders’ equity   $ 583,699     $ 555,559  
    Less: Average intangible assets, net     45,625       46,825  
    Average tangible equity     538,074       508,734  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity     5.88 %     10.55 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        Three Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     June 30,     March 31,     Dec 31,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2024     2024     2023     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 37,681     $ 35,042     $ 34,375     $ 36,675     $ 36,515  
    Total other income     18,938       21,555       18,701       17,590       19,354  
    Add:                              
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (474 )     84       111       (585 )     404  
    Less:                              
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value           (23 )                  
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (55 )           (181 )            
    Total recurring revenue     56,090       56,658       53,006       53,680       56,273  
                                   
    Operating expenses     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
    Total operating expense     44,649       43,126       40,041       37,616       37,413  
                                   
    Efficiency ratio     79.60 %     76.12 %     75.54 %     70.07 %     66.48 %

    (Dollars in thousands)

        For the Nine Months Ended  
        Sept 30,     Sept 30,  
    Efficiency Ratio   2024     2023  
    Net interest income   $ 107,098     $ 119,414  
    Total other income     59,194       55,988  
    Add:            
    Fair value adjustment for CRA equity security     (279 )     404  
    Less:            
    Gain on loans held for sale at lower of cost or fair value     (23 )      
    Income from life insurance proceeds     (236 )      
    Total recurring revenue     165,754       175,806  
                 
    Operating expenses     127,816       110,679  
    Less:            
    Accelerated Expense for Retirement           1,965  
    Branch Closure Expense           175  
    Total operating expense     127,816       108,539  
                 
    Efficiency ratio     77.11 %     61.74 %

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports Third Quarter Net Income of $10.3 Million or $1.29 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Seventh Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2024 third quarter net income of $10.3 million, or $1.29 per diluted share, compared to $9.0 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net income was $27.6 million, or $3.45 per diluted share, compared to net income of $26.3 million, or $3.33 per diluted share, for the comparable nine-month period in 2023.

    “Deposit growth experienced in the third quarter of 2024 was a direct result of the Bank-wide focus and strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits,” stated Joe Adams, CEO. “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-seventh consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.27 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on November 21, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 7, 2024,” concluded Adams.

    2024 Third Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $10.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.0 million for both the previous quarter and the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.35% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 4.29% in the previous quarter, and 4.34% for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $44.5 million, or 1.9%, to $2.43 billion at September 30, 2024, primarily due to an increase in noninterest-bearing checking of $34.4 million and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) of $15.0 million, compared to $2.38 billion at June 30, 2024 and decreased $27.1 million, or 1.1%, from $2.45 billion at September 30, 2023.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $657.8 million at September 30, 2024, $623.3 million at June 30, 2024, and $670.2 million at September 30, 2023; 
    • Borrowings decreased $18.1 million, or 9.9% to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, as a result of the Company’s strategic planning objective to fund loan growth with core deposits; 
    • Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million, or 3.7%, from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.3% are home improvement loans, decreased $9.3 million, or 1.4%, to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $641.7 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $7.7 million, or 1.2%, from $640.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. Yields on consumer loans increased 18 basis points to 7.59% from 7.41% at the end of the second quarter 2024. During the three months ended September 30, 2024, consumer loan originations included 80.4% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720 and 83.9% of home improvement loans with a UCC-2 security filing;
    • For the third quarter of 2024, there was a tax benefit of $420,000, compared to tax provisions of $2.4 million in the prior quarter, and $2.5 million for the same quarter last year.  The tax benefit for the third quarter of 2024 was due to $28.4 million of energy tax credits purchased during the current quarter related to the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;
    • Repurchased 97,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the third quarter of 2024 at an average price of $43.58 per share with $1.4 million remaining for future purchases under the share repurchase plan that was approved in July 2024;
    • Book value per share increased $0.30 to $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.87 from $32.58 at September 30, 2023.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.44 to $35.10 at September 30, 2024, compared to $34.66 at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.37 from $29.73 at September 30, 2023. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the third quarter of 2024 reflected net income of $9.3 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $1.0 million for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $8.0 million and $1.0 million in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.8 million and $166,000 in the third quarter of 2023, respectively;
    • The percentage of available unencumbered cash and secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank to uninsured deposits was 182% at September 30, 2024, compared to 191% in the prior quarter. The average deposit size per FDIC-insured account at the Bank was $33,000 and $32,000 for September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.9% for total risk-based capital and 10.9% for Tier 1 leverage capital at June 30, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending portfolios and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for the management of the investment portfolio and other assets of the Bank. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The Company reflected the sale of servicing rights in the first quarter of 2024 as a gain to the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to offset the realized loss on sale of investment securities and will allocate the gain on a straight-line basis over four years as intercompany income from the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment to the Home Lending segment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,612     $ 2,632     $ 31,244  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,331 )     (182 )     (1,513 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,257       3,710       5,967  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,199 )     (5,633 )     (25,832 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     9,339       527       9,866  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (71 )     491       420  
    Net income   $ 9,268     $ 1,018     $ 10,286  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,347,855     $ 612,935     $ 2,960,790  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     442       117       559  
        At or For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 27,563     $ 3,071     $ 30,634  
    Provision for credit losses     (437 )     (111 )     (548 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,680       2,302       4,982  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (18,539 )     (5,047 )     (23,586 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     11,267       215       11,482  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,480 )     (49 )     (2,529 )
    Net income   $ 8,787     $ 166     $ 8,953  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,361,014     $ 540,372     $ 2,901,386  
    FTEs     434       128       562  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 84,749     $ 7,242     $ 91,991  
    Provision for credit losses     (3,796 )     (193 )     (3,989 )
    Noninterest income (2)     6,919       10,027       16,946  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (58,250 )     (14,968 )     (73,218 )
    Income before (provision) benefit for income taxes     29,622       2,108       31,730  
    (Provision) benefit for income taxes     (4,253 )     165       (4,088 )
    Net income   $ 25,369     $ 2,273     $ 27,642  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,369,740     $ 586,001     $ 2,955,741  
    FTEs     442       117       559  
        At or For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and Consumer Banking     Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 83,332     $ 9,516     $ 92,848  
    Provision for credit losses     (2,555 )     (817 )     (3,372 )
    Noninterest income (2)     7,766       7,268       15,034  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (56,099 )     (15,215 )     (71,314 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     32,444       752       33,196  
    Provision for income taxes     (6,758 )     (157 )     (6,915 )
    Net income   $ 25,686     $ 595     $ 26,281  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,288,996     $ 520,513     $ 2,809,509  
    FTEs     434       128       562  

    __________________________

    (1)   Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2)   Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value, and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded net increases in fair value of $262,000 and $448,000, respectively, as compared to net decreases in fair value of $343,000 and $285,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. As of September 30, 2024 and 2023, there were $13.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3)   Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs.  For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $4.8 million, compared to $1.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $28.8 million, or 1.0%, to $2.97 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.94 billion at June 30, 2024, and increased $50.1 million, or 1.7%, from $2.92 billion at September 30, 2023.  The increase in total assets at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, included increases of $15.7 million in other assets, consisting primarily of a federal income tax receivable of $25.7 million, $7.3 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $7.0 million in securities available-for-sale, and $6.5 million in loans receivable, net, partially offset by decreases in loans held for sale (“HFS”) of $4.4 million,  and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $897,000. The increase compared to September 30, 2023, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $88.1 million, loans HFS of $30.7 million, other assets of $13.1 million, and FHLB stock of $5.8 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in total cash and cash equivalents of $40.3 million, securities available-for-sale of $23.7 million, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) of $8.9 million, certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $5.6 million, CDI, net of $3.7 million, deferred tax asset, net of $3.2 million, operating lease right-of-use assets of $1.7 million, and premises and equipment, net of $900,000.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                
    Commercial   $ 352,933       14.1 %   $ 359,404       14.4 %   $ 364,673       15.2 %
    Construction and development     292,366       11.7       274,209       11.0       289,873       12.0  
    Home equity     75,063       3.0       73,749       3.0       67,103       2.8  
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     591,666       23.7       588,966       23.7       540,670       22.5  
    Multi-family     238,462       9.6       239,675       9.6       243,661       10.1  
    Total real estate loans     1,550,490       62.1       1,536,003       61.7       1,505,980       62.6  
                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                
    Indirect home improvement     552,226       22.2       563,621       22.7       562,650       23.4  
    Marine     76,845       3.1       74,627       3.0       73,887       3.1  
    Other consumer     3,346       0.1       3,440       0.1       3,547       0.1  
    Total consumer loans     632,417       25.4       641,688       25.8       640,084       26.6  
                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     296,773       11.9       285,183       11.5       236,520       9.8  
    Warehouse lending     15,249       0.6       25,548       1.0       23,489       1.0  
    Total commercial business loans     312,022       12.5       310,731       12.5       260,009       10.8  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,494,929       100.0 %     2,488,422       100.0 %     2,406,073       100.0 %
                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,232 )             (31,238 )             (30,501 )        
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,463,697             $ 2,457,184             $ 2,375,572          
     

    Loans receivable, net was unchanged at $2.46 billion at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, and increased $88.1 million from $2.38 billion at September 30, 2023. Total real estate loans remained virtually unchanged at $1.55 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, however, there were notable shifts within the portfolio. Specifically, construction and development loans increased $18.2 million, one-to-four-family loans (excluding HFS) increased $2.7 million mainly due to new loan originations, and home equity loans increased $1.3 million. These gains were partially offset by declines of $6.5 million in commercial real estate loans and $1.2 million in multi-family loans.  In addition, commercial business loans increased $1.3 million to $312.0 million at September 30, 2024, up from $310.7 million on June 30, 2024, resulting from an increase of $11.6 million in C&I loans and a decrease of $10.3 million in warehouse lending.  Consumer loans decreased $9.3 million to $632.4 million at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, resulting from an $11.4 million decrease in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million in marine loans. 

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                        
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    Agriculture   $ 3,610     $ 3,639     $ 3,926  
    CRE Non-owner occupied:                        
    Office     40,672       41,381       41,878  
    Retail     36,070       37,507       37,865  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,743       28,314       25,252  
    Self storage     19,130       19,141       21,381  
    Mixed use     17,881       18,062       16,768  
    Industrial     15,402       17,163       17,431  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,621       7,675       8,556  
    Other (1)     6,684       6,847       7,814  
    Land     2,523       3,021       6,381  
    Education/worship     2,545       2,571       2,645  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     176,271       181,682       185,971  
    CRE owner occupied:                        
    Industrial     63,577       63,969       63,307  
    Office     42,156       41,978       41,663  
    Retail     19,968       20,885       23,228  
    Hospitality/restaurant     10,528       10,800       14,153  
    Other (2)     8,116       8,354       8,850  
    Car wash     9,575       9,607       7,818  
    Automobile related     8,874       8,200       8,193  
    Education/worship     4,609       4,610       4,617  
    Mixed use     5,649       5,680       2,947  
    Total CRE owner occupied     173,052       174,083       174,776  
    Total   $ 352,933     $ 359,404     $ 364,673  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $774,000, $782,000, and $2.4 million, RV parks totaling $689,000, $692,000, and $702,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $594,000, $599,000, and $0, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.7 million, and $4.8 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (2)   Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $901,000, $908,000 and $928,000, and other collateral totaling $5.7 million, $5.1 million and $6.2 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    The following tables includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended         Current Weighted
        Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,   Jun 30,   Sep 30,         Average
    CRE by type:   2024   2025   2025   2025   2025   2026   2026   2026   Total   Rate
    Agriculture   $ 926   $   $ 424   $   $ 311   $ 181   $ 259   $ 306   $ 2,407   6.40%
    Apartment     9,990     9,817     5,271     1,829     18,671     1,908     14,485     9,797     71,768   4.87%
    Auto related             2,091                         2,091   4.18%
    Hotel / hospitality         579     1,212     1,336         118     1,307         4,552   4.39%
    Industrial     8,337     897     588         10,361     584     173     1,636     22,576   5.29%
    Mixed use     795     1,750     3,490     250     318                 6,603   5.00%
    Office     4,702     11,171         4,214     988     528     1,666     566     23,835   4.88%
    Other     1,227         116     1,168     246     901         2,545     6,203   4.96%
    Retail     1,266     2,006         83         465     3,285         7,105   4.15%
    Senior housing and assisted living                         2,186             2,186   4.75%
    Total   $ 27,243   $ 26,220   $ 13,192   $ 8,880   $ 30,895   $ 6,871   $ 21,175   $ 14,850   $ 149,326   4.91%
     

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 8,698       3.2 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,737       1.7  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,000       3.6  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,807       2.8  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       30,960       11.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       46,107       16.8  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,310       2.7  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       131,293       47.9  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       27,297       10.0  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 274,209       100.0 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction ─ retail   $ 8,710       3.0 %   $ 7,347       2.5 %
    Commercial construction ─ office     4,737       1.6       4,591       1.6  
    Commercial construction ─ self storage     10,408       3.5       10,734       3.7  
    Commercial construction ─ car wash     7,807       2.7       7,287       2.5  
    Multi-family     30,931       10.6       52,913       18.3  
    Custom construction ─ single family residential and single family manufactured residential     43,528       14.9       44,542       15.4  
    Custom construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     8,220       2.8       7,012       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction ─ vertical     145,549       49.8       124,244       42.8  
    Speculative residential construction ─ land, lot and acquisition and development     32,476       11.1       31,203       10.8  
    Total   $ 292,366       100.0 %   $ 289,873       100.0 %
     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended     For the Three Months Ended                  
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 193,715       92.3 %   $ (25,627 )     (13.2 )%
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       16,173       7.7       11,828       73.1 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 209,888       100.0 %   $ (13,799 )     (6.5 )%
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 168,088       85.7 %   $ 139,345       92.1 %   $ 28,743       20.6 %
    Refinance     28,001       14.3       12,001       7.9       16,000       133.3 %
    Total   $ 196,089       100.0 %   $ 151,346       100.0 %   $ 44,743       29.6 %
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Nine Months Ended September 30,                  
        2024     2023                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 497,705       88.8 %   $ 387,211       91.8 %   $ 110,494       28.5 %
    Refinance     62,546       11.2       34,635       8.2       27,911       80.6 %
    Total   $ 560,251       100.0 %   $ 421,846       100.0 %   $ 138,405       32.8 %
     

    During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company sold $167.6 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $164.5 million during the previous quarter and $117.6 million during the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins on home loan sales were unchanged at 2.96% for both quarters ended September 30, 2024, and  June 30, 2024, and declined from 3.08% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     June 30, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 613,137       25.7 %   $ 28,133       4.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       166,839       7.0       (895 )     (0.5 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       10,212       0.4       6,271       61.4  
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       790,188       33.1       33,509       4.2  
    Savings     151,364       6.2       151,398       6.4       (34 )     (0.0 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       343,995       14.4       (3,946 )     (1.1 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       495,393       20.8       (3,980 )     (0.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       530,537       22.3       2,904       0.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       427,893       18.0       24,812       5.8  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       138,792       5.8       (12,717 )     (9.2 )
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,097,222       46.1       14,999       1.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,382,803       100.0 %   $ 44,528       1.9 %
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        September 30, 2024     September 30, 2023                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 641,270       26.4 %   $ 643,670       26.2 %   $ (2,400 )     (0.4 )%
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     165,944       6.8       219,468       8.9       (53,524 )     (24.4 )
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     16,483       0.7       26,489       1.1       (10,006 )     (37.8 )
    Subtotal     823,697       33.9       889,627       36.2       (65,930 )     (7.4 )
    Savings     151,364       6.2       157,901       6.4       (6,537 )     (4.1 )
    Money market (3)     340,049       14.0       389,962       15.9       (49,913 )     (12.8 )
    Subtotal     491,413       20.2       547,863       22.3       (56,450 )     (10.3 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     533,441       22.0       527,032       21.5       6,409       1.2  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     452,705       18.7       406,545       16.6       46,160       11.4  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     126,075       5.2       83,377       3.4       42,698       51.2  
    Subtotal     1,112,221       45.9       1,016,954       41.5       95,267       9.4  
    Total   $ 2,427,331       100.0 %   $ 2,454,444       100.0 %   $ (27,113 )     (1.1 )%

    __________________________________

    (1)   There were no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024 and  June 30, 2024, compared to $50.1 million at September 30, 2023.                  
    (2)   Noninterest-bearing accounts.
    (3)   Includes $1.0 million, $4.0 million and $51,000 of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    (4)   Includes $250.2 million, $261.0 million, and $323.3 million of brokered deposits at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.
         

    At September 30, 2024, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.11 billion, compared to $1.10 billion at June 30, 2024 and $1.02 billion at September 30, 2023, with non-retail CDs representing 22.5%, 24.9% and 33.2% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At September 30, 2024, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, decreased $10.4 million to $262.9 million, compared to $273.4 million at June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease of $10.8 million in brokered CDs. Non-retail CDs totaled $262.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $337.2 million at September 30, 2023.

    At September 30, 2024, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $644.9 million, compared to approximately $586.6 million at June 30, 2024, and $591.6 million at September 30, 2023.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At September 30, 2024, borrowings decreased $18.1 million to $163.8 million at September 30, 2024, from $181.9 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $41.9 million from $121.9 million at September 30, 2023. These borrowings were comprised of FHLB advances of $153.8 million, and overnight borrowings of $10.0 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $4.9 million to $288.9 million at September 30, 2024, from $284.0 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $38.2 million, from $250.7 million at September 30, 2023. The increase in stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2024, compared to June 30, 2024, reflects net income of $10.3 million, partially offset by cash dividends paid of $2.1 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $4.2 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $7.0 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $2.7 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $37.45 at September 30, 2024, compared to $37.15 at June 30, 2024, and $32.58 at September 30, 2023.

    The Bank is considered well capitalized under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.2%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.2%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 12.9% at September 30, 2024.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.7%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.2% at September 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.2 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at September 30, 2024, compared to $31.2 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at June 30, 2024, and $30.5 million, or 1.27% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at September 30, 2023. The virtually static balance in the ACLL at September 30, 2024, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to insignificant changes in the loan portfolio period over period and provision for credit losses on loans that offset consumer loan net charge-offs.  The increase of $731,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to organic loan growth and increases in nonperforming loans and net charge-offs. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments decreased $79,000 to $1.5 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million at June 30, 2024, and decreased $291,000 from $1.8 million at September 30, 2023. 

    Nonperforming loans decreased $634,000 to $10.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $11.4 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $5.2 million from $5.6 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to decreases in nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $549,000 and marine loans of $94,000. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $4.7 million and commercial business loans of $461,000.

    Loans classified as substandard decreased $1.1 million to $23.2 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $24.3 million at June 30, 2024, and increased $4.0 million from $19.2 million at September 30, 2023.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease of $549,000 in indirect home improvement loans, $323,000 in commercial real estate loans, $94,000 in marine loans, $74,000 in C&I loans, and $59,000 in one-to-four family loans.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to increases of $4.7 million in construction and development loans, $108,000 in home equity loans, $102,000 in indirect home improvement loans, partially offset by decreases of $462,000 in C&I loans, $293,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $173,000 in marine loans. There was no other real estate owned (“OREO”) property at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, compared to one OREO property (a closed branch in Centralia, Washington) of $570,000 at September 30, 2023.

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $610,000 to $31.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $30.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023, primarily due to an increase in interest and dividend income of $3.8 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $3.2 million. The $3.8 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of new loans being originated at higher rates and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $3.2 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates, higher utilization of borrowings and a shift in deposit mix from transactional accounts to higher cost CDs.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income decreased $857,000 to $92.0 million, from $92.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, resulting from an increase in interest expense of $16.0 million and an increase in interest income of $15.1 million.

    NIM (annualized) increased one basis point to 4.35% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.34% for the same period in the prior year, and decreased 26 basis points to 4.30% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 4.56% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change in NIM for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the same periods in 2023, reflects the increased costs of deposits and borrowings, which outpaced the increased yields earned on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 47 basis points to 2.39% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.92% for the three months ended September 30, 2023. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for deposits and increased utilization of higher cost borrowings. The average cost of funds increased 75 basis points to 2.33% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from 1.58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, also reflecting increases in market interest rates over last year and increased utilization of borrowings. Management remains focused on matching deposit/liability duration with the duration of loans/assets where feasible.

    For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million and $4.0 million, compared to $683,000 and $4.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity for the quarter and increases in the loan portfolio for the year-to-date periods.

    During the three months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs increased $1.1 million to $1.6 million, compared to $531,000 for the same period last year.  This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $996,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $82,000 in marine loans, partially offset by a net recovery of $8,000 in other consumer loans. Net charge-offs increased $2.7 million to $4.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $1.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase included net charge-off increases of $1.5 million in indirect home improvement loans, $1.0 million C&I loans, $146,000 in marine loans and $117,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Noninterest income increased $985,000 to $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $5.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase reflects a $648,000 increase in gain on sale of loans, primarily as a result of the increased volume of loans sold and an increase of $566,000 in other noninterest income, primarily due to fair value changes on loans.  Noninterest income during the three months ended September 30, 2024, also reflects a $141,000 gain on the sale of MSRs, with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable quarter last year.  These increases were partially offset by a $400,000 decrease in service charges and fee income, primarily due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024.  Noninterest income increased $1.9 million to $16.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily the result of an $8.4 million gain on sale of MSRs recorded during the first nine months of 2024 with no similar transaction occurring in the comparable nine month period in 2023, and a $1.5 million increase in gain on sale of loans, partially offset by a $7.8 million loss on sale of investment securities resulting from management’s strategic decision to increase the yields earned on and reduce the duration of the securities portfolio, and an $839,000 decrease in service charges and fee income due to a reduction in loan servicing fees due to the sale of MSRs in the first quarter of 2024. 

    Noninterest expense increased $2.2 million to $25.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, from $23.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increases of $506,000 in impairment of MSRs, $482,000 in salaries and benefits, $557,000 in professional and board fees, which included $571,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees related to application/system upgrades and tax credit work, $418,000 in operations, $315,000 in data processing, and a decrease of $105,000 in amortization of CDI. Noninterest expense increased $1.9 million to $73.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, from $71.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to increases of $1.1 million in data processing, $1.0 million in professional and board fees which included $824,000 in nonrecurring consulting charges and legal fees for the reasons stated above, $610,000 in operations expense, and $545,000 in impairment of MSRs, partially offset by a decrease of $1.6 million in acquisition costs as a result of no acquisition costs during the current period.

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $420,000 as compared to a provision for income taxes of $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The tax benefit was primarily due to the purchase during the quarter ended September 30, 2024, of alternative energy tax credits available under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, resulting in a gain of $2.3 million, which was partially offset by the $1.8 million provision for income taxes recorded on net income for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 introduced several energy tax credits designed to promote clean energy investments, reduce carbon emissions, and accelerate the transition to renewable energy. The effective corporate income tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were (4.3)% which was reduced by 2,300 basis points due to the energy tax credits discussed above, and 22.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective corporate income tax rate, excluding the effects of the energy tax credits, was attributable to tax benefits derived from the exercises of employee stock options during the current quarter.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, changes in the interest rate environment, adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at http://www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 17,950     $ 20,005     $ 18,137       (10 )     (1 )
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     22,390       13,006       62,536       72       (64 )
    Total cash and cash equivalents     40,340       33,011       80,673       22       (50 )
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     12,001       12,707       17,636       (6 )     (32 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     228,199       221,182       251,917       3       (9 )
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     8,455       8,455       8,455              
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     49,373       53,811       18,636       (8 )     165  
    Loans receivable, net     2,463,697       2,457,184       2,375,572             4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,014       13,792       13,925       2       1  
    Premises and equipment, net     30,026       29,999       30,926             (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     5,365       5,784       7,042       (7 )     (24 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     9,504       10,322       3,696       (8 )     157  
    Other real estate owned                 570             (100 )
    Deferred tax asset, net     4,222       4,590       7,424       (8 )     (43 )
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,453       38,201       37,480       1       3  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,739       9,352       17,657       (7 )     (51 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592              
    Core deposit intangible, net     14,586       15,483       18,323       (6 )     (20 )
    Other assets     39,642       23,912       26,548       66       49  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 657,753     $ 623,349     $ 670,158       6       (2 )
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,769,578       1,759,454       1,784,286       1       (1 )
    Total deposits     2,427,331       2,382,803       2,454,444       2       (1 )
    Borrowings     163,806       181,895       121,895       (10 )     34  
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000              
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (423 )     (439 )     (489 )     (4 )     (13 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,577       49,561       49,511              
    Operating lease liability     5,548       5,979       7,269       (7 )     (24 )
    Other liabilities     35,044       37,113       36,288       (6 )     (3 )
    Total liabilities     2,681,306       2,657,351       2,669,407       1        
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding                              
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,817,172 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2024, 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, and 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023     78       77       78       1        
    Additional paid-in capital     55,264       55,834       57,464       (1 )     (4 )
    Retained earnings     251,843       243,651       222,532       3       13  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (18,283 )     (15,536 )     (29,409 )     18       (38 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     288,902       284,026       250,665       2       15  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072       1       2  
     
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2024     2024     2023     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,800     $ 42,406     $ 39,874       3       10  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,243       3,534       3,396       (8 )     (5 )
    Total interest and dividend income     47,043       45,940       43,270       2       9  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,486       13,252       10,462       2       29  
    Borrowings     1,828       1,801       1,689       1       8  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485              
    Total interest expense     15,799       15,539       12,636       2       25  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     31,244       30,401       30,634       3       2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,513       1,077       548       40       176  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,731       29,324       30,086       1       (1 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,482       2,479       2,882             (14 )
    Gain on sale of loans     2,523       2,463       1,875       2       35  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     141                   NM       NM  
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net     11       151             (93 )     NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     252       242       233       4       8  
    Other noninterest income     558       533       (8 )     5       (7,075 )
    Total noninterest income     5,967       5,868       4,982       2       20  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     13,985       13,378       13,503       5       4  
    Operations     3,827       3,519       3,409       9       12  
    Occupancy     1,662       1,669       1,588             5  
    Data processing     2,156       2,058       1,841       5       17  
    Loan costs     666       653       564       2       18  
    Professional and board fees     1,223       888       666       38       84  
    FDIC insurance     533       450       561       18       (5 )
    Marketing and advertising     377       377       452             (17 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     897       919       1,002       (2 )     (10 )
    Impairment (recovery) of servicing rights     506       (54 )           (1,037 )     NM  
    Total noninterest expense     25,832       23,857       23,586       8       10  
    INCOME BEFORE (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,866       11,335       11,482       (13 )     (14 )
    (BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     (420 )     2,376       2,529       (118 )     (117 )
    NET INCOME   $ 10,286     $ 8,959     $ 8,953       15       15  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15       15       15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13       14       14  
     
        Nine Months Ended     Year  
        September 30,     September 30,     Over Year  
        2024     2023     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 127,203     $ 114,082       12  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     10,660       8,667       23  
    Total interest and dividend income     137,863       122,749       12  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Deposits     39,620       24,696       60  
    Borrowings     4,796       3,749       28  
    Subordinated note     1,456       1,456        
    Total interest expense     45,872       29,901       53  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     91,991       92,848       (1 )
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     3,989       3,372       18  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     88,002       89,476       (2 )
    NONINTEREST INCOME                        
    Service charges and fee income     7,513       8,352       (10 )
    Gain on sale of loans     6,824       5,298       29  
    Gain on sale of MSRs     8,356             NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net     (7,836 )           NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     734       681       8  
    Other noninterest income     1,355       703       93  
    Total noninterest income     16,946       15,034       13  
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                        
    Salaries and benefits     40,920       40,880        
    Operations     10,354       9,744       6  
    Occupancy     5,036       4,670       8  
    Data processing     6,172       5,092       21  
    Loan costs     1,904       2,077       (8 )
    Professional and board fees     3,034       2,001       52  
    FDIC insurance     1,515       1,732       (13 )
    Marketing and advertising     981       1,072       (8 )
    Acquisition costs           1,562       100  
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     2,757       2,484       11  
    Impairment of servicing rights     545             NM  
    Total noninterest expense     73,218       71,314       3  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     31,730       33,196       (4 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     4,088       6,915       (41 )
    NET INCOME   $ 27,642     $ 26,281       5  
    Basic earnings per share   $ 3.54     $ 3.38       5  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 3.45     $ 3.33       4  
     

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                        
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.38 %     1.22 %     1.22 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     14.08       12.72       13.81  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.56       6.48       6.13  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.39       2.38       1.92  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.17       3.33       4.21  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.35       4.29       4.34  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.47       3.26       3.23  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     144.28       166.25       145.14  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.42       65.78       66.22  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.73       9.66       8.58  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.17       9.07       7.89  
        For the Nine Months Ended  
        September 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2023  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:                
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.25 %     1.25 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) (1)     13.05       14.13  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.44       6.03  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.33       1.58  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.11       4.45  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.30       4.56  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.31       3.39  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     144.14       146.23  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     67.21       66.10  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:                        
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.36 %     0.39 %     0.21 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.43       0.46       0.23  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     290.07       273.95       493.46  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.27  
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        September 30,     June 30,     September 30,  
        2024     2024     2023  
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:                        
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.32     $ 1.15     $ 1.15  
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.29     $ 1.13     $ 1.13  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,676,102       7,688,246       7,667,981  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,854,389       7,796,253       7,780,430  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (6)     7,644,463 (7)     7,693,951 (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58  
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (3)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Annualized.
    (2)   Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3)   Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4)   Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5)   Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,     Linked Qtr.     Prior Year Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2024     2023     2024     2023     $ Change     $ Change  
    Assets                                                
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,536,106     $ 2,423,691     $ 2,504,129     $ 2,362,885     $ 112,415     $ 141,244  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     250,957       294,148       288,460       276,835       (43,191 )     11,625  
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,500       8,500       8,500       8,500              
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     48,546       68,369       49,887       67,163       (19,823 )     (17,276 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     10,739       4,626       6,666       5,190       6,113       1,476  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,854,848       2,799,334       2,857,642       2,720,573       55,514       137,069  
    Noninterest-earning assets     105,941       102,052       98,099       88,936       3,889       9,163  
    Total assets   $ 2,960,789     $ 2,901,386     $ 2,955,741     $ 2,809,509     $ 59,403     $ 146,232  
    Liabilities                                                
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,737,793     $ 1,741,257     $ 1,788,324     $ 1,703,688     $ (3,464 )   $ 84,636  
    Borrowings     191,279       138,013       144,635       107,254       53,266       37,381  
    Subordinated notes     49,567       49,500       49,550       49,484       67       66  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,978,639       1,928,770       1,982,509       1,860,426       49,869       122,083  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     650,852       676,000       648,345       664,319       (25,148 )     (15,974 )
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     40,606       39,365       41,965       36,095       1,241       5,870  
    Total liabilities   $ 2,670,097     $ 2,644,135     $ 2,672,819     $ 2,560,840     $ 25,962     $ 111,979  

    __________________________________

    (1)   Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   September 30,   June 30,   September 30,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2024   2024   2023  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 288,902     $ 284,026     $ 250,665    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 270,724     $ 264,951     $ 228,750    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,713,359 (1)     7,644,463 (2)     7,693,951 (3)  
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 37.45     $ 37.15     $ 32.58    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 35.10     $ 34.66     $ 29.73    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 2,970,208     $ 2,941,377     $ 2,920,072    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (18,178 )     (19,075 )     (21,915 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 2,952,030     $ 2,922,302     $ 2,898,157    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.73 %     9.66 %     8.58 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.17       9.07       7.89    

    _________________________

    (1)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,817,172 at September 30, 2024, less 103,813 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,607 at June 30, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3)   Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,796,095 at September 30, 2023, less 102,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer
    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer
    (425) 771-5299
    http://www.FSBWA.com
      

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Weatherford Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Revenues of $1,409 million increased 7% year-over-year
    • Operating income of $243 million increased 11% year-over-year
    • Net income of $157 million increased 28% year-over-year; net income margin of 11.1%
    • Adjusted EBITDA* of $355 million increased 16% year-over-year; adjusted EBITDA margin* of 25.2% increased by 197 basis points year-over-year
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $262 million, an increase of $112 million sequentially and $90 million year-over-year; adjusted free cash flow* of $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year
    • Received credit rating upgrade from S&P Global Ratings to ‘BB-’ with positive outlook, and from Fitch to ‘BB-’ with stable outlook
    • Shareholder returns of $68 million for the quarter, which includes dividends payment of $18 million and share repurchases of $50 million
    • Board approved quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on December 5, 2024 to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024
    • Deployment of Victus™ Managed Pressure Drilling (MPD) systems in the first two deep geothermal exploration wells that have been drilled for a major operator in the Middle East
    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year Corporate Procurement Agreement (CPA) including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals
    • Hosted 20th annual FWRD conference focused on digitalization and next-generation life-of-well solutions to boost efficiency, sustainability, and performance

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    HOUSTON, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Weatherford International plc (NASDAQ: WFRD) (“Weatherford” or the “Company”) announced today its results for the third quarter of 2024.

    Revenues for the third quarter of 2024 were $1,409 million, an increase of 0.3% sequentially and an increase of 7% year-over-year. Operating income was $243 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $264 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $218 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net income in the third quarter of 2024 was $157 million, with an 11.1% margin, an increase of 26% or 225 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 28% or 177 basis points year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA* was $355 million, a 25.2% margin, a decrease of 3% or 78 basis points sequentially, and an increase of 16% or 197 basis points year-over-year. Basic income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.14 compared to $1.71 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.70 in the third quarter of 2023. Diluted income per share in the third quarter of 2024 was $2.06 compared to $1.66 in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.66 in the third quarter of 2023.

    Third quarter 2024 cash flows provided by operating activities were $262 million, compared to $150 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $172 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted free cash flow* was $184 million, an increase of $88 million sequentially and $47 million year-over-year. Capital expenditures were $78 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $62 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $42 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Girish Saligram, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I want to thank the Weatherford team for once again delivering strong margins and adjusted free cash flow despite a volatile macro environment and short cycle activity reductions. The margin performance underscores our ability to deliver strong returns in a softer market environment. Despite continued North America weakness, customer scheduling delays in Latin America and a reduced activity outlook in certain other geographies, we still expect strong revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margins of greater than 25% for the full year.

    In the third quarter, Weatherford acquired Datagration, enhancing our position with one of the industry’s most advanced digital offerings for production and asset optimization. The acquisition demonstrates our commitment to driving innovation across our technology portfolio and accelerating our growth in the digital transformation of the energy industry. Following our announcement in the third quarter regarding Weatherford’s first-ever shareholder return program, we paid our first quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on September 12, 2024, to shareholders on record as of August 13, 2024, and as of September 30, 2024, we have bought back $50 million of ordinary shares.

    While the macroeconomic environment is volatile and there is heightened risk of geopolitical events creating sector challenges, Weatherford remains focused on fulfillment initiatives, acquisition integrations, and technology commercialization, which should drive further financial performance.”

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

    Operational Highlights

    • Aramco awarded Weatherford a three-year CPA, including Cementation Products, Completions, Liner Hangers, and Whipstocks, as well as associated service agreements, to enhance its operational efficiency and strategic goals.
    • A major operator in the Gulf of Mexico awarded Weatherford a three-year services contract to deliver Plug & Abandonment activities utilizing our Heavy Duty Pulling & Jacking Unit and multiple service lines.
    • A National Oil Company (NOC) in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Drilling Services in unconventional resources fields.
    • PTTEP awarded Weatherford a multi-year contract for Wireline services in Thailand.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Liner Hanger and associated services for deep drilling.
    • A major operator awarded Weatherford a three-year contract to provide MPD services in the Middle East, marking the first time it will utilize this technology.
    • An NOC in the Middle East awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Fishing and Milling services.
    • An NOC awarded Weatherford a five-year contract extension for the supply of Downhole Completion Equipment for deployment in the Middle East.
    • Shell awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for Dual Stage Cementing technology to be deployed in onshore Australia.
    • Kuwait Energy awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for Cased Hole Wireline Services in onshore Iraq.
    • bp awarded Weatherford a two-year contract for multilateral installations and associated services for offshore operations in Azerbaijan.
    • JVGAS in Algeria awarded Weatherford a three-year contract for velocity string accessories and associated services and awarded a two-year contract for the supply of Fishing and Casing exiting.

    Technology Highlights

    • Drilling & Evaluation (“DRE”)
      • An NOC deployed Weatherford MPD solutions in its first two deep geothermal exploration wells in the Middle East. This innovative use of MPD technology mitigates risks from elevated geothermal gradients during exploration drilling.
      • Weatherford celebrates 25 years of Compact Memory Logging technology, with over 10,000 deployments, consistently delivering value and reliability to our customers.
    • Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)
      • In Norway, Weatherford successfully integrated the Vero™ system into an offshore rig control system, enabling further efficiency while maintaining well integrity. This integration allows existing rig crews to operate the Vero system autonomously.
      • Perenco deployed Weatherford’s digital ForeSite® Sense optical monitoring system to oversee injectivity testing performance for the Poseidon carbon capture and storage project, the UK’s first well to inject CO2 underground.
      • Weatherford launched its new Remote-Opening Barrier Valve that decreases risk and time associated with conventional well barriers.
    • Production and Intervention (“PRI”)
      • The acquisition of Datagration Solutions Inc. added the PetroVisor and EcoVisor platforms to Weatherford’s Digital Solutions portfolio, enhancing the integration of customer data with ForeSite and Cygnet® for improved real-time analysis and decision-making.
      • Weatherford deployed its AlphaV system for a major operator in Norway in a complex application that significantly reduced time by eliminating wellbore preparation.

    Shareholder Return

    During the third quarter of 2024, Weatherford repurchased shares for approximately $50 million and paid dividends of $18 million, resulting in total shareholder returns of $68 million.

    On October 17, 2024, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.25 per share of the Company’s ordinary shares, payable on December 5, 2024, to shareholders of record as of November 6, 2024.

    Results by Reportable Segment

    Drilling and Evaluation (“DRE”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     2  %   12  %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     (15 )%    %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     25.5 %     30.4 %     28.6 %   (493 )bps   (309 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 DRE revenue of $435 million increased by $8 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from higher Drilling-related Services activity partly offset by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity. Year-over-year DRE revenues increased by $47 million, or 12%, primarily from higher Wireline activity and Drilling-related Services activity in Middle East/North Africa/Asia.

    Third quarter 2024 DRE segment adjusted EBITDA of $111 million decreased by $19 million, or 15% sequentially, primarily driven by lower MPD asset sales and lower international Wireline activity partly offset by higher fall-through in Drilling-related Services. Year-over-year DRE segment adjusted EBITDA remained flat as higher Drilling-related services were offset by lower margin fall through in MPD and Wireline.

    Well Construction and Completions (“WCC”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 509     $ 504     $ 459     1 %   11 %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 151     $ 145     $ 119     4 %   27 %
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     29.7 %     28.8 %     25.9 %   90 bps   374 bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 WCC revenue of $509 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity partly offset by lower Cementation Products in North America and Middle East/North Africa/Asia. Year-over-year WCC revenues increased by $50 million, or 11%, primarily due to higher international Completions and Liner Hangers activity, partly offset by a decrease in activity in North America.

    Third quarter 2024 WCC segment adjusted EBITDA of $151 million increased by $6 million, or 4% sequentially, primarily due to higher international Well Services and Liner Hangers activity and product and service mix partly offset by lower Tubular Running Services activity. Year-over-year WCC segment adjusted EBITDA increased by $32 million, or 27%, primarily due to higher activity and fall-through in Tubular Running Services, Completions and Well Services.

    Production and Intervention (“PRI”)

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    Revenue   $ 371     $ 369     $ 371     1  %    %
    Segment Adjusted EBITDA   $ 83     $ 85     $ 86     (2 )%   (3 )%
    Segment Adj EBITDA Margin     22.4 %     23.0 %     23.2 %   (66 )bps   (81 )bps
     

    Third quarter 2024 PRI revenue of $371 million increased by $2 million, or 1% sequentially, mainly due to increased Digital Solutions and Pressure Pumping activity partly offset by lower Subsea Intervention activity in Latin America. Year-over-year PRI revenue was flat, as higher international Intervention Services & Drilling Tools activity was offset by a decline in Pressure Pumping activity.

    Third quarter 2024 PRI segment adjusted EBITDA of $83 million, decreased by $2 million, or 2% sequentially, primarily from lower Artificial Lift product mix and lower Subsea Intervention fall-through. Year-over-year PRI segment adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3 million, or 3% year-over-year, primarily due to lower Pressure Pumping activity.

    Revenue by Geography

        Three Months Ended   Variance
    ($ in Millions)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      Seq.   YoY
    North America   $ 266   $ 252   $ 269   6 %   (1 )%
                         
    International   $ 1,143   $ 1,153   $ 1,044   (1 )%   9  %
    Latin America     358     353     357   1  %    %
    Middle East/North Africa/Asia     542     542     471    %   15  %
    Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia     243     258     216   (6 )%   13  %
    Total Revenue   $ 1,409   $ 1,405   $ 1,313   0.3  %   7  %


    North America

    Third quarter 2024 North America revenue of $266 million increased by $14 million, or 6% sequentially, primarily due to activity increase in Canada due to favorable seasonality and activity increase offshore in the Gulf of Mexico. Year-over-year, North America decreased by $3 million, or 1%, primarily from lower Tubular Running Services and Cementation Products activity offshore in the Gulf of Mexico, partly offset by an increase in Wireline activity.

    International

    Third quarter 2024 international revenue of $1,143 million decreased 1% sequentially and increased 9% year-over-year.

    Third quarter 2024 Latin America revenue of $358 million increased by $5 million, or 1% sequentially, primarily due to higher Well Services in Brazil and Drilling-related Services in Mexico. Year-over-year, Latin America revenue increased by $1 million.

    Third quarter 2024 Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue of $542 million was flat sequentially, mainly due to increased activity in United Arab Emirates partly offset by a decrease in Integrated Services & Projects activity in Oman and a decrease of activity in Kuwait. Year-over-year, the Middle East/North Africa/Asia revenue increased by $71 million, or 15%, due to an increase in activity across all product lines within the DRE and WCC segments, primarily in United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, Asia and Kuwait.

    Third quarter 2024 Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue of $243 million decreased by $15 million or 6% sequentially, mainly driven by lower MPD asset sales. Year-over-year Europe/Sub-Sahara Africa/Russia revenue increased by $27 million, or 13%, due to increased activity across all segments.

    About Weatherford
    Weatherford delivers innovative energy services that integrate proven technologies with advanced digitalization to create sustainable offerings for maximized value and return on investment. Our world-class experts partner with customers to optimize their resources and realize the full potential of their assets. Operators choose us for strategic solutions that add efficiency, flexibility, and responsibility to any energy operation. The Company conducts business in approximately 75 countries and has approximately 19,000 team members representing more than 110 nationalities and 330 operating locations. Visit weatherford.com for more information and connect with us on social media.

    Conference Call Details

    Weatherford will host a conference call on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, to discuss the Company’s results for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. The conference call will begin at 8:30 a.m. Eastern Time (7:30 a.m. Central Time).

    Listeners are encouraged to download the accompanying presentation slides which will be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Listeners can participate in the conference call via a live webcast at https://www.weatherford.com/investor-relations/investor-news-and-events/events/ or by dialing +1 877-328-5344 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-902-6762 (outside of the U.S.) and asking for the Weatherford conference call. Participants should log in or dial in approximately 10 minutes prior to the start of the call.

    A telephonic replay of the conference call will be available until November 6, 2024, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. To access the replay, please dial +1 877-344-7529 (within the U.S.) or +1 412-317-0088 (outside of the U.S.) and reference conference number 6410466. A replay and transcript of the earnings call will also be available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website.

    Contacts

    For Investors:
    Luke Lemoine
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations
    +1 713-836-7777
    investor.relations@weatherford.com

    For Media:
    Kelley Hughes
    Senior Director, Communications & Employee Engagement
    +1 713-836-4193
    media@weatherford.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains projections and forward-looking statements concerning, among other things, the Company’s quarterly and full-year revenues, adjusted EBITDA*, adjusted EBITDA margin*, adjusted free cash flow*, net leverage*, shareholder return program, forecasts or expectations regarding business outlook, prospects for its operations, capital expenditures, expectations regarding future financial results, and are also generally identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “budget,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “guidance,” “may,” “should,” “could,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs of Weatherford’s management and are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated in our forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are only predictions and may differ materially from actual future events or results, based on factors including but not limited to: global political disturbances, war, terrorist attacks, changes in global trade policies, weak local economic conditions and international currency fluctuations; general global economic repercussions related to U.S. and global inflationary pressures and potential recessionary concerns; various effects from conflicts in the Middle East and the Russia Ukraine conflict, including, but not limited to, nationalization of assets, extended business interruptions, sanctions, treaties and regulations imposed by various countries, associated operational and logistical challenges, and impacts to the overall global energy supply; cybersecurity issues; our ability to comply with, and respond to, climate change, environmental, social and governance and other sustainability initiatives and future legislative and regulatory measures both globally and in specific geographic regions; the potential for a resurgence of a pandemic in a given geographic area and related disruptions to our business, employees, customers, suppliers and other partners; the price and price volatility of, and demand for, oil and natural gas; the macroeconomic outlook for the oil and gas industry; our ability to generate cash flow from operations to fund our operations; our ability to effectively and timely adapt our technology portfolio, products and services to address and participate in changes to the market demands for the transition to alternate sources of energy such as geothermal, carbon capture and responsible abandonment, including our digitalization efforts; our ability to return capital to shareholders, including those related to the timing and amounts (including any plans or commitments in respect thereof) of any dividends and share repurchases; and the realization of additional cost savings and operational efficiencies.

    These risks and uncertainties are more fully described in Weatherford’s reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including the risk factors described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any of the Company’s forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to correct or update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law, and we caution you not to rely on them unduly.

    *Non-GAAP – refer to the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined and GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues:                    
    DRE Revenues   $ 435     $ 427     $ 388     $ 1,284     $ 1,154  
    WCC Revenues     509       504       459       1,471       1,320  
    PRI Revenues     371       369       371       1,088       1,086  
    All Other     94       105       95       329       213  
    Total Revenues     1,409       1,405       1,313       4,172       3,773  
                         
    Operating Income:                    
    DRE Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]   $ 111     $ 130     $ 111     $ 371     $ 325  
    WCC Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     151       145       119       416       324  
    PRI Segment Adjusted EBITDA[1]     83       85       86       241       235  
    All Other[2]     23       23       7       73       25  
    Corporate[2]     (13 )     (18 )     (18 )     (45 )     (44 )
    Depreciation and Amortization     (89 )     (86 )     (83 )     (260 )     (244 )
    Share-based Compensation     (10 )     (12 )     (9 )     (35 )     (26 )
    Other (Charges) Credits     (13 )     (3 )     5       (21 )     9  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
                         
    Other Expense:                    
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     (24 )     (24 )     (30 )     (77 )     (92 )
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           (10 )           (10 )     (57 )
    Other Expense, Net     (41 )     (20 )     (24 )     (83 )   (98 )
    Income Before Income Taxes     178       210       164       570       357  
    Income Tax Provision     (12 )     (73 )     (33 )     (144 )     (55 )
    Net Income     166       137       131       426       302  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
                         
    Basic Income Per Share   $ 2.14     $ 1.71     $ 1.70     $ 5.39     $ 3.85  
    Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     73.2       73.2       72.1       73.1       71.9  
                         
    Diluted Income Per Share[3]   $ 2.06     $ 1.66     $ 1.66     $ 5.25     $ 3.76  
    Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding     75.2       75.3       73.7       75.0       73.6  
     
    [1]  Segment adjusted EBITDA is our primary measure of segment profitability under U.S. GAAP ASC 280 “Segment Reporting” and represents segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, share-based compensation expense and other adjustments. Research and development expenses are included in segment adjusted EBITDA.
    [2] All Other results were from non-core business activities related to all other segments (profit and loss) and Corporate includes overhead support and centrally managed or shared facility costs. All Other and Corporate do not individually meet the criteria for segment reporting.
    [3] Included the maximum potentially dilutive shares contingently issuable for an acquisition consideration during the three months ended September 30, 2024, the value of which was adjusted out of Net Income Attributable to Weatherford in calculating diluted income per share.
       
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Balance Sheet Data (Unaudited)
           
    ($ in Millions) September 30, 2024   December 31, 2023
    Assets:      
    Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 920   $ 958
    Restricted Cash   58     105
    Accounts Receivable, Net   1,231     1,216
    Inventories, Net   919     788
    Property, Plant and Equipment, Net   1,050     957
    Intangibles, Net   356     370
           
    Liabilities:      
    Accounts Payable   723     679
    Accrued Salaries and Benefits   328     387
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   21     168
    Long-term Debt   1,627     1,715
           
    Shareholders’ Equity:      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   1,356     922
     
    Weatherford International plc
    Selected Cash Flows Information (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
        June
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
        September
    30, 2024
        September
    30, 2023
     
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                              
    Net Income   $ 166     $ 137     $ 131     $ 426     $ 302  
    Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities:                              
    Depreciation and Amortization   89     86     83     260     244  
    Foreign Exchange Losses   35     8     15     58     73  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities       10         10     57  
    Gain on Disposition of Assets   (1 )   (25 )   (4 )   (33 )   (11 )
    Deferred Income Tax Provision (Benefit)   (19 )   13     (14 )   8     (67 )
    Share-Based Compensation   10     12     9     35     26  
    Changes in Accounts Receivable, Inventory, Accounts Payable and Accrued Salaries and Benefits   30     (22 )   (73 )   (144 )   (235 )
    Other Changes, Net   (48 )   (69 )   25     (77 )   68  
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   262     150     172     543     457  
                                   
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                              
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment   (78 )   (62 )   (42 )   (199 )   (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets       8     7     18     21  
    Purchases of Blue Chip Swap Securities       (50 )       (50 )   (110 )
    Proceeds from Sales of Blue Chip Swap Securities       40         40     53  
    Business Acquisitions, Net of Cash Acquired   (15 )           (51 )   (4 )
    Proceeds from Sale of Investments               41     33  
    Other Investing Activities   1     3     (1 )   (6 )   (9 )
    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities   (92 )   (61 )   (36 )   (207 )   (158 )
                                   
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                              
    Repayments of Long-term Debt   (5 )   (87 )   (76 )   (264 )   (306 )
    Distributions to Noncontrolling Interests   (10 )   (9 )   (15 )   (19 )   (21 )
    Tax Remittance on Equity Awards Vested       (1 )       (9 )   (54 )
    Share Repurchases   (50 )           (50 )    
    Dividends Paid   (18 )           (18 )    
    Other Financing Activities   (6 )   (5 )       (18 )   (7 )
    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities   $ (89 )   $ (102 )   $ (91 )   $ (378 )   $ (388 )
    Weatherford International plc
    Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined (Unaudited)

    We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). However, Weatherford’s management believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under the SEC’s Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K) may provide users of this financial information additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results of prior periods and comparisons with peer companies. The non-GAAP amounts shown in the following tables should not be considered as substitutes for results reported in accordance with GAAP but should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA* – Adjusted EBITDA* is a non-GAAP measure and represents consolidated income before interest expense, net, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and excludes, among other items, restructuring charges, share-based compensation expense, as well as other charges and credits. Management believes adjusted EBITDA* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted EBITDA margin* – Adjusted EBITDA margin* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing consolidated adjusted EBITDA* by consolidated revenues. Management believes adjusted EBITDA margin* is useful to assess and understand normalized operating performance and trends. Adjusted EBITDA margin* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for consolidated net income margin and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Adjusted Free Cash Flow* – Adjusted Free Cash Flow* is a non-GAAP measure and represents cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, less capital expenditures plus proceeds from the disposition of assets. Management believes adjusted free cash flow* is useful to understand our performance at generating cash and demonstrates our discipline around the use of cash. Adjusted free cash flow* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for cash flows provided by operating activities and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Net Debt* – Net Debt* is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated taking short and long-term debt less cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Management believes the net debt* is useful to assess the level of debt in excess of cash and cash and equivalents as we monitor our ability to repay and service our debt. Net debt* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for overall debt and total cash and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s results prepared in accordance with GAAP.​

    Net Leverage* – Net Leverage* is a non-GAAP measure which is calculated by dividing by taking net debt* divided by adjusted EBITDA* for the trailing 12 months. Management believes the net leverage* is useful to understand our ability to repay and service our debt. Net leverage* should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for the individual components of above defined net debt* divided by consolidated net income attributable to Weatherford and should be viewed in addition to the Company’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    *Non-GAAP – as defined above and reconciled to the GAAP measures in the section titled GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled (Unaudited)
     
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ($ in Millions, Except Margin in Percentages)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
      September
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
    Revenues   $ 1,409     $ 1,405     $ 1,313     $ 4,172     $ 3,773  
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Margin     11.1 %     8.9 %     9.4 %     9.4 %     7.3 %
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin*     25.2 %     26.0 %     23.2 %     25.3 %     22.9 %
                         
    Net Income Attributable to Weatherford   $ 157     $ 125     $ 123     $ 394     $ 277  
    Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests     9       12       8       32       25  
    Income Tax Provision     12       73       33       144       55  
    Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income of $13, $17, $15, $44 and $47     24       24       30       77       92  
    Loss on Blue Chip Swap Securities           10             10       57  
    Other Expense, Net     41       20       24       83       98  
    Operating Income     243       264       218       740       604  
    Depreciation and Amortization     89       86       83       260       244  
    Other Charges (Credits)[1]     13       3       (5 )     21       (9 )
    Share-Based Compensation     10       12       9       35       26  
    Adjusted EBITDA*   $ 355     $ 365     $ 305     $ 1,056     $ 865  
                         
    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities   $ 262     $ 150     $ 172     $ 543     $ 457  
    Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant and Equipment     (78 )     (62 )     (42 )     (199 )     (142 )
    Proceeds from Disposition of Assets           8       7       18       21  
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow*   $ 184     $ 96     $ 137     $ 362     $ 336  
    [1]  Other charges (credits) in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2024, primarily includes fees to third-party financial institutions to facilitate loans between those financial institutions and our largest customer in Mexico, who in turn paid certain of our outstanding receivables.

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

     
    Weatherford International plc
    GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciled Continued (Unaudited)
     
                   
         
    ($ in Millions)   September
    30, 2024
      June
    30, 2024
      September
    30, 2023
     
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Total Debt   $ 1,648   $ 1,648   $ 1,955  
                   
    Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 920   $ 862   $ 839  
    Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Total Cash   $ 978   $ 920   $ 946  
                   
    Components of Net Debt              
    Current Portion of Long-term Debt   $ 21   $ 20   $ 91  
    Long-term Debt     1,627     1,628     1,864  
    Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents     920     862     839  
    Less: Restricted Cash     58     58     107  
    Net Debt*   $ 670   $ 728   $ 1,009  
                   
    Net Income for trailing 12 months   $ 534   $ 500   $ 359  
    Adjusted EBITDA* for trailing 12 months   $ 1,377   $ 1,327   $ 1,131  
                   
    Net Leverage* (Net Debt*/Adjusted EBITDA*)     0.5 x   0.5 x   0.9 x
     

    *Non-GAAP – as reconciled to the GAAP measures above and defined in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures Defined

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Veritex Holdings, Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2024 Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”) (Nasdaq: VBTX), the holding company for Veritex Community Bank, today announced the results for the quarter ended September 30, 2024.

    “We are pleased to announce both our third quarter results and updates on our balance sheet transformation over the past 2 years,” said C. Malcolm Holland, III, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “My team has remained focused on growing granular, attractively priced deposits, increasing capital, managing concentrations and reducing credit risk exposure all while continuing to grow a fortress balance sheet through full relationship banking. I could not be more proud of our team of nearly 900 employees who embraced the challenges we set forth back in 2022 and each day going forward.”

        Quarter to Date   Year to Date
    Financial Highlights   Q3 2024   Q2 2024   Q3 2024   Q3 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
    GAAP                
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       29.53       27.46  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity1     7.79       7.10       7.08       9.35  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.28       3.55  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       61.15       50.88  
    Non-GAAP2                
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Diluted operating EPS     0.59       0.52       1.63       2.02  
    Tangible book value per common share     21.72       20.62       21.72       19.44  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings     44,555       44,420       132,631       174,523  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83       1.83       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.20  
    Return on average tangible common equity1     11.33       10.54       10.48       13.95  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74       10.94       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63       58.41       59.28       49.53  

    1 Annualized ratio.
    2 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these non-generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

    Other Third Quarter Financial, Credit and Company Highlights

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) increased 9 bps compared to June 30, 2024;
    • 7.2% linked quarter revenue growth;
    • Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) decreased 13 bps from the prior quarter to 0.52% of total assets;
    • Total deposits grew $311.2 million, or 11.60% annualized, compared to June 30, 2024;
    • Common equity tier 1 capital grew 37 bps from the prior quarter to 10.86%;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) expanded to 3.30%;
    • Loan to deposit ratio, excluding mortgage warehouse loans, decreased to 81.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 85.9% as of June 30, 2024 and 90.7% as of September 30, 2023;
    • Tangible book value per common share increased to $21.72;
    • Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to total loans held for investment (“LHI”) increased to 1.21%, compared to 1.16% as of June 30, 2024 and 1.14% as of September 30, 2023; and
    • Declared quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share of outstanding common stock payable on November 22, 2024.

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024

    Net Interest Income

    For the three months ended September 30, 2024, net interest income before provision for credit losses was $100.1 million and NIM was 3.30% compared to $96.2 million and 3.29%, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2024. The approximately $3.8 million increase, or 4.0%, in net interest income before provision for credit losses was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold, a $1.4 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), a $422 thousand increase in interest income on debt securities and a $282 thousand increase in interest income on loans. The increase was partially offset by a $1.6 million increase in interest expense on transactions and savings deposits and a $1.4 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, during the three months ended September 30, 2024. NIM increased 1 basis point compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, primarily due to a decrease in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by a decrease in loan yields and average balances.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, net interest income before provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $701 thousand, or 0.7%. The increase was primarily due to a $8.5 million decrease in interest expense on advances from the FHLB, a $5.4 million increase in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold and a $4.9 million increase in interest income on debt securities. The increase was partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits, a $7.3 million increase in interest expense on transaction and savings deposits and a $690 thousand decrease in interest income on equity securities and other investments. Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, NIM decreased 16 bps from 3.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the increase in funding costs on deposits during the three months ended September 30, 2024, partially offset by an increase in loan yields and an increase in average balances and yields on debt securities.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was $13.1 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or 23.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in other real estate owned (“OREO”) income, a $1.1 million increase in loan fees and a $468 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposits for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was partially offset by a $540 thousand decrease in government guaranteed loan income.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $3.4 million, or 35.5%. The increase was primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in other income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in OREO income, a $1.7 million increase in loan fees and a $283 thousand increase in service charges and fees on deposit accounts. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in government guaranteed loan income, primarily driven by a decrease in the Company’s USDA sales.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense was $70.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $63.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2024, an increase of $7.0 million, or 11.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to an increase in incentive accruals to 80% of target payout, a $1.9 million increase in other noninterest expense primarily driven by OREO expenses, a $805 thousand increase in marketing expenses and a $204 thousand increase in occupancy and equipment expense. The increase is partially offset by a decrease of $714 thousand in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024.

    Compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023, noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased by $10.7 million, or 18.0%. The increase was primarily due to a $6.4 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to the increase in incentive accruals aforementioned, a $5.6 million increase in other noninterest expense, a $727 thousand increase data processing and software expense, and a $428 thousand increase in marketing expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Financial Condition

    Total LHI was $9.03 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $180.5 million compared to June 30, 2024.

    Total deposits were $11.04 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $311.2 million, or 11.6% linked quarter annualized. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $227.2 million in noninterest bearing deposits and an increase of $225.3 million in interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $118.7 million in certificates and other time deposits and a decrease of $22.6 million in correspondent money market accounts.

    Credit Quality

    NPAs totaled $67.3 million, or 0.52% of total assets, of which $58.3 million represents LHI and $9.0 million represents OREO at September 30, 2024, compared to $83.0 million, or 0.65% of total assets, at June 30, 2024. The Company had net charge-offs of $269 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 1bp, for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to 28 bps and 8 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    ACL as a percentage of LHI was 1.21%, 1.16% and 1.14% at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.0 million, $8.3 million and $8.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively. The recorded provision for credit losses for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, was primarily attributable to an increase in general reserves as a result of changes in economic factors which now represents 97% of the total ACL as a percentage of LHI. The balance for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024 remained relatively stable compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024 and recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The Company recorded no benefit or provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and a $909 thousand benefit for unfunded commitments for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Income Tax

    Income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 totaled $8.1 million, a decrease of $154 thousand, or 1.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 20.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due a $941 thousand change in the Company’s valuation allowance slightly offset by a return to provision of $224 thousand and a net discrete tax expense of $501 thousand associated with the recognition of an excess tax expense realized on share-based payment awards.

    Dividend Information

    After the close of the market on Tuesday, October 22, 2024, Veritex’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share on its outstanding shares of common stock. The dividend will be paid on or after November 22, 2024 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 8, 2024.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Veritex’s management uses certain non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures to evaluate its operating performance and provide information that is important to investors. However, non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, Veritex’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, Veritex reviews and reports tangible book value per common share of the Company; operating earnings; tangible common equity to tangible assets; return on average tangible common equity; pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans; diluted operating earnings per share; operating return on average assets; operating return on average tangible common equity; and operating efficiency ratio. Veritex has included in this earnings release information related to these non-GAAP financial measures for the applicable periods presented. Please refer to “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights at the end of this earnings release for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host an investor conference call and webcast to review the results on Wednesday, October 23, 2024, at 8:30 a.m. Central Time. Participants may pre-register for the call by visiting http://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/99msavdf and will receive a unique PIN, which can be used when dialing in for the call.

    Participants may also register via teleconference: https://register.vevent.com/register/BI8a41df4f3f824d2888f9cf9a3e02c9b8. Once registration is completed, participants will be provided with a dial-in number containing a personalized conference code to access the call. All participants are instructed to dial-in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A replay will be available within approximately two hours after the completion of the call, and made accessible for one week thereafter. You may access the replay via webcast through the investor relations section of Veritex’s website.

    About Veritex Holdings, Inc.

    Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Veritex is a bank holding company that conducts banking activities through its wholly owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, with locations throughout the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and in the Houston metropolitan area. Veritex Community Bank is a Texas state chartered bank regulated by the Texas Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For more information, visit http://www.veritexbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This earnings release includes “forward-looking statements”, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on various facts and derived utilizing assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which change over time and are beyond our control, that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the expected payment of Veritex Holdings, Inc.’s (“Veritex”) quarterly cash dividend; the impact of certain changes in Veritex’s accounting policies, standards and interpretations; turmoil in the banking industry, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such turmoil and related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs; and Veritex’s future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as other projections based on macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact broader economic and industry trends, and any such variations may be material.   Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,”   “seeks,” “targets,” “outlooks,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing words. We refer you to the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of Veritex’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and any updates to those risk factors set forth in Veritex’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if Veritex’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what Veritex anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Veritex does not undertake any obligation, and specifically declines any obligation, to supplement, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this earnings release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that Veritex or persons acting on Veritex’s behalf may issue.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    Per Share Data (Common Stock):                            
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS     0.56       0.50       0.44       0.06       0.60       1.50       1.92  
    Book value per common share     29.53       28.49       28.23       28.18       27.46       29.53       27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share1     21.72       20.62       20.33       20.21       19.44       21.72       19.44  
    Dividends paid per common share outstanding2     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.60       0.60  
                                 
    Common Stock Data:                            
    Shares outstanding at period end     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305       54,446       54,305  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding for the period     54,409       54,457       54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the period     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                 
    Summary of Credit Ratios:                            
    ACL to total LHI     1.21 %     1.16 %     1.15 %     1.14 %     1.14 %     1.21 %     1.14 %
    NPAs to total assets     0.52       0.65       0.82       0.77       0.65       0.52       0.65  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO     0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3     0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  
                                 
    Summary Performance Ratios:                            
    Return on average assets3     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Return on average equity3     7.79       7.10       6.33       0.92       8.58       7.08       9.35  
    Return on average tangible common equity1,3      11.33       10.54       9.52       2.00       12.80       10.48       13.95  
    Efficiency ratio     61.94       59.11       62.45       77.49       54.49       61.15       50.88  
    Net interest margin     3.30       3.29       3.24       3.31       3.46       3.28       3.55  
                                 
    Selected Performance Metrics – Operating:                            
    Diluted operating EPS1   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1,3     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1,3     1.83       1.83       1.84       1.97       2.05       1.83       2.43  
    Operating return on average assets1,3     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1,3     11.74       10.94       11.34       12.37       12.80       11.34       14.68  
    Operating efficiency ratio1     60.63       58.41       58.73       55.50       54.49       59.28       49.53  
                                 
    Veritex Holdings, Inc. Capital Ratios:                            
    Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets     12.31 %     12.26 %     12.43 %     12.27 %     12.30 %     12.33 %     12.21 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets1     9.37       9.14       9.02       9.18       8.86       9.37       8.86  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)     10.06       10.06       10.12       10.03       10.10       10.06       10.10  
    Common equity tier 1 capital     10.86       10.49       10.37       10.29       10.11       10.86       10.11  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     11.13       10.75       10.63       10.56       10.37       11.13       10.37  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets     13.91       13.45       13.33       13.18       12.95       13.91       12.95  
    Risk weighted assets   $ 11,290,800     $ 11,450,997     $ 11,407,446     $ 11,387,825     $ 11,617,229     $ 11,290,800     $ 11,617,229  

    1 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
    2 Dividend amount represents dividend paid per common share subsequent to each respective quarter end.
    Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands)
     
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)       (unaudited)
    ASSETS                    
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,100,790     $ 651,837     $ 740,769     $ 629,063     $ 713,408  
    Debt securities, net     1,423,610       1,349,354       1,344,930       1,257,042       1,060,629  
    Other investments     71,257       75,885       76,788       76,238       80,869  
                         
    Loans held for sale (“LHFS”)     48,496       57,046       64,762       79,072       41,313  
    LHI, mortgage warehouse (“MW”)     630,650       568,047       449,531       377,796       390,767  
    LHI, excluding MW     9,028,575       9,209,094       9,249,551       9,206,544       9,237,447  
    Total loans     9,707,721       9,834,187       9,763,844       9,663,412       9,669,527  
    ACL     (117,162 )     (113,431 )     (112,032 )     (109,816 )     (109,831 )
    Bank-owned life insurance     84,776       84,233       85,359       84,833       84,867  
    Bank premises, furniture and equipment, net     114,202       105,222       105,299       105,727       106,118  
    Other real estate owned (“OREO”)     9,034       24,256       18,445              
    Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     32,825       35,817       38,679       41,753       44,294  
    Goodwill     404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452  
    Other assets     211,471       232,518       241,863       241,633       291,998  
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Deposits:                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 2,643,894     $ 2,416,727     $ 2,349,211     $ 2,218,036     $ 2,363,340  
    Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits     4,204,708       3,979,454       4,220,114       4,348,385       3,936,070  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920       3,744,596       3,486,805       3,191,737       3,403,427  
    Correspondent money market deposits     561,489       584,067       597,690       580,037       493,681  
    Total deposits     11,036,011       10,724,844       10,653,820       10,338,195       10,196,518  
    Accounts payable and other liabilities     168,415       180,585       186,027       195,036       229,116  
    Advances from FHLB                 100,000       100,000       200,000  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,536       230,285       230,034       229,783       229,531  
    Total liabilities     11,434,962       11,135,714       11,169,881       10,863,014       10,855,165  
    Commitments and contingencies                    
    Stockholders’ equity:                    
    Common stock     613       612       611       610       609  
    Additional paid-in capital     1,324,929       1,321,995       1,319,144       1,317,516       1,314,459  
    Retained earnings     493,921       473,801       457,499       444,242       451,513  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (40,330 )     (76,713 )     (71,157 )     (63,463 )     (107,833 )
    Treasury stock     (171,119 )     (171,079 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )     (167,582 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,608,014       1,548,616       1,538,515       1,531,323       1,491,166  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
                                             
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    Interest income:                            
    Loans, including fees   $ 167,261   $ 166,979   $ 161,942     $ 165,443     $ 167,368     $ 496,182     $ 482,802  
    Debt securities     15,830     15,408     13,695       12,282       10,928       44,933       32,082  
    Deposits in financial institutions and Fed Funds sold     12,571     7,722     8,050       8,162       7,128       28,343       20,169  
    Equity securities and other investments     1,001     1,138     900       1,717       1,691       3,039       4,217  
    Total interest income     196,663     191,247     184,587       187,604       187,115       572,497       539,270  
    Interest expense:                            
    Transaction and savings deposits     47,208     45,619     46,784       46,225       39,936       139,611       102,750  
    Certificates and other time deposits     46,230     44,811     40,492       40,165       36,177       131,533       85,244  
    Advances from FHLB     47     1,468     1,391       2,581       8,523       2,906       38,443  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     3,116     3,113     3,114       3,100       3,118       9,343       9,252  
    Total interest expense     96,601     95,011     91,781       92,071       87,754       283,393       235,689  
    Net interest income     100,062     96,236     92,806       95,533       99,361       289,104       303,581  
    Provision for credit losses     4,000     8,250     7,500       9,500       8,627       19,750       33,012  
    (Benefit) provision for unfunded commitments             (1,541 )     (1,500 )     (909 )     (1,541 )     (541 )
    Net interest income after provisions     96,062     87,986     86,847       87,533       91,643       270,895       271,110  
    Noninterest income:                            
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts     5,442     4,974     4,896       4,800       5,159       15,312       15,448  
    Loan fees     3,278     2,207     2,510       1,200       1,564       7,995       5,148  
    Loss on sales of debt securities             (6,304 )                 (6,304 )     (5,321 )
    Government guaranteed loan income, net     780     1,320     2,614       4,378       1,772       4,714       15,604  
    Equity method investment (loss) income                   (29,417 )     (136 )           (1,172 )
    Customer swap income     271     326     449       258       202       1,046       1,380  
    Other income     3,335     1,751     2,497       989       1,113       7,583       5,810  
    Total noninterest income (loss)     13,106     10,578     6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Noninterest expense:                            
    Salaries and employee benefits     37,370     32,790     33,365       30,606       30,949       103,525       91,464  
    Occupancy and equipment     4,789     4,585     4,677       4,670       4,881       14,051       14,681  
    Professional and regulatory fees     4,903     5,617     6,053       7,626       7,283       16,573       18,540  
    Data processing and software expense     5,268     5,097     4,856       4,569       4,541       15,221       13,970  
    Marketing     2,781     1,976     1,546       1,945       2,353       6,303       6,759  
    Amortization of intangibles     2,438     2,438     2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,401  
    Telephone and communications     335     365     261       356       362       961       1,195  
    Other     12,216     10,273     8,920       8,028       6,607       31,409       19,216  
    Total noninterest expense     70,100     63,141     62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Income before income tax expense     39,068     35,423     31,393       9,503       41,903       105,884       134,781  
    Income tax expense     8,067     8,221     7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Net income   $ 31,001   $ 27,202   $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
                                 
    Basic EPS   $ 0.57   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56   $ 0.50   $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     54,409     54,457     54,444       54,327       54,300       54,437       54,233  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932     54,823     54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
                                                         
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets                                    
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Loans1   $ 9,184,182     $ 159,163   6.89 %   $ 9,344,482     $ 160,323   6.90 %   $ 9,267,366     $ 161,615   6.92 %
    LHI, MW     477,592       8,098   6.75       420,946       6,656   6.36       357,639       5,753   6.38  
    Debt securities     1,384,835       15,830   4.55       1,352,293       15,408   4.58       1,121,716       10,928   3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     924,685       12,571   5.41       560,586       7,722   5.54       520,785       7,128   5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     75,884       1,001   5.25       78,964       1,138   5.80       135,714       1,691   4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     12,047,178       196,663   6.49       11,757,271       191,247   6.54       11,403,220       187,115   6.51  
    ACL     (115,510 )             (115,978 )             (105,320 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,250               937,413               961,162          
    Total assets   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                                    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,700,196     $ 47,208   4.00 %   $ 4,570,329     $ 45,619   4.01 %   $ 4,168,876     $ 39,936   3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,678,718       46,230   5.00       3,591,035       44,811   5.02       3,151,704       36,177   4.55  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     3,261       47   5.73       106,648       1,468   5.54       725,543       8,523   4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,393       3,116   5.38       230,141       3,113   5.44       229,389       3,118   5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,612,568       96,601   4.46       8,498,153       95,011   4.50       8,275,512       87,754   4.21  
                                         
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,486,676               2,346,908               2,272,207          
    Other liabilities     179,273               192,036               203,173          
    Total liabilities     11,278,517               11,037,097               10,750,892          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,583,401               1,541,609               1,508,170          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,861,918             $ 12,578,706             $ 12,259,062          
                                         
    Net interest rate spread2           2.03 %           2.04 %           2.30 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 100,062   3.30 %       $ 96,236   3.29 %       $ 99,361   3.46 %
                                                     

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million and $28.3 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except percentages)
     
        For the Nine Months Ended
        September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
        Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate   Average Outstanding Balance   Interest Earned/ Interest Paid   Average Yield/ Rate
    Assets                        
    Interest-earning assets:                        
    Loans1   $ 9,270,510     $ 477,071   6.87 %   $ 9,231,814     $ 467,101   6.76 %
    LHI, MW     393,008       19,111   6.50       363,182       15,701   5.78  
    Debt securities     1,344,190       44,933   4.47       1,168,860       32,082   3.67  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     692,434       28,343   5.47       527,805       20,169   5.11  
    Equity securities and other investments     77,035       3,039   5.27       132,895       4,217   4.24  
    Total interest-earning assets     11,777,177       572,497   6.49       11,424,556       539,270   6.31  
    ACL     (114,576 )             (100,228 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets     930,605               950,369          
    Total assets   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                        
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   $ 4,636,889     $ 139,611   4.02 %   $ 4,079,436     $ 102,750   3.37 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,518,417       131,533   4.99       2,873,388       85,244   3.97  
    Advances from FHLB and Other     70,055       2,906   5.54       1,105,592       38,443   4.65  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     230,139       9,343   5.42       229,923       9,252   5.38  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     8,455,500       283,393   4.48       8,288,339       235,689   3.80  
                             
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                        
    Noninterest-bearing deposits     2,396,629               2,305,745          
    Other liabilities     188,007               182,040          
    Total liabilities     11,040,136               10,776,124          
    Stockholders’ equity     1,553,070               1,498,573          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 12,593,206             $ 12,274,697          
                             
    Net interest rate spread2           2.01 %           2.51 %
    Net interest income and margin3       $ 289,104   3.28 %       $ 303,581   3.55 %

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $55.5 million and $23.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Yield Trend
     
        For the Quarter Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:                    
    Loans1     6.89 %     6.90 %     6.83 %     6.88 %     6.92 %
    LHI, MW     6.75       6.36       6.27       5.82       6.38  
    Total Loans     6.89       6.88       6.81       6.85       6.90  
    Debt securities     4.55       4.58       4.25       4.10       3.87  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks     5.41       5.54       5.54       5.51       5.43  
    Equity securities and other investments     5.25       5.80       4.75       8.28       4.94  
    Total interest-earning assets     6.49 %     6.54 %     6.44 %     6.51 %     6.51 %
                         
    Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities:                    
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits     4.00 %     4.01 %     4.06 %     4.03 %     3.80 %
    Certificates and other time deposits     5.00       5.02       4.96       4.85       4.55  
    Advances from FHLB     5.73       5.54       5.54       5.60       4.66  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes     5.38       5.44       5.45       5.36       5.39  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     4.46 %     4.50 %     4.47 %     4.43 %     4.21 %
                         
    Net interest rate spread2     2.03 %     2.04 %     1.97 %     2.08 %     2.30 %
    Net interest margin3     3.30 %     3.29 %     3.24 %     3.31 %     3.46 %
                                             

    1Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $54.3 million, $58.5 million, $53.9 million, $31.2 million and $28.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    Supplemental Yield Trend

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2023
    Average cost of interest-bearing deposits   4.44 %   4.46 %   4.43 %   4.38 %   4.12 %   4.44 %   3.62 %
    Average costs of total deposits, including noninterest-bearing   3.42     3.46     3.42     3.37     3.15     3.43     2.03  
                                               
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    LHI and Deposit Portfolio Composition
     
        Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      Dec 31,
    2023
      Sep 30,
    2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    LHI1                                        
    Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”)   $ 2,728,544     30.2 %   $ 2,798,260     30.4 %   $ 2,785,987     30.1 %   $ 2,752,063     29.9 %   $ 2,841,024     30.7 %
    Real Estate:                                        
    Owner occupied commercial (“OOCRE”)     807,223     8.9       806,285     8.7       788,376     8.5       794,088     8.6       697,299     7.5  
    Non-owner occupied commercial (“NOOCRE”)     2,338,094     25.9       2,369,848     25.7       2,352,993     25.5       2,350,725     25.5       2,398,060     26.1  
    Construction and land     1,436,540     15.8       1,536,580     16.7       1,568,257     16.9       1,734,254     18.8       1,705,053     18.4  
    Farmland     32,254     0.4       30,512     0.3       30,979     0.3       31,114     0.3       59,684     0.6  
    1-4 family residential     944,755     10.5       917,402     10.0       969,401     10.5       937,119     10.2       933,225     10.1  
    Multi-family residential     738,090     8.2       748,740     8.1       751,607     8.1       605,817     6.6       603,395     6.5  
    Consumer     11,292     0.1       9,245     0.1       8,882     0.1       10,149     0.1       9,845     0.1  
    Total LHI   $ 9,036,792     100 %   $ 9,216,872     100 %   $ 9,256,482     100 %   $ 9,215,329     100 %   $ 9,247,585     100 %
                                             
    MW     630,650           568,047           449,531           377,796           390,767      
                                             
    Total LHI1   $ 9,667,442         $ 9,784,919         $ 9,706,013         $ 9,593,125         $ 9,638,352      
                                             
    Total LHFS     48,496           57,046           64,762           79,072           41,313      
                                             
    Total Loans   $ 9,715,938         $ 9,841,965         $ 9,770,775         $ 9,672,197         $ 9,679,665      
                                             
    Deposits                                        
    Noninterest-bearing   $ 2,643,894     24.0 %   $ 2,416,727     22.5 %   $ 2,349,211     22.1 %   $ 2,218,036     21.5 %   $ 2,363,340     23.2 %
    Interest-bearing transaction     421,059     3.8       523,272     4.9       724,171     6.8       927,193     8.9       739,098     7.2  
    Money market     3,462,709     31.4       3,268,286     30.5       3,326,742     31.2       3,284,324     31.8       3,096,498     30.4  
    Savings     320,940     2.9       187,896     1.8       169,201     1.6       136,868     1.3       100,474     1.0  
    Certificates and other time deposits     3,625,920     32.8       3,744,596     34.9       3,486,805     32.7       3,191,737     30.9       3,403,427     33.4  
    Correspondent money market accounts     561,489     5.1       584,067     5.4       597,690     5.6       580,037     5.6       493,681     4.8  
    Total deposits   $ 11,036,011     100 %   $ 10,724,844     100 %   $ 10,653,820     100 %   $ 10,338,195     100 %   $ 10,196,518     100 %
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposits Ratio     88.0 %         91.8 %         91.7 %         93.6 %         94.9 %    
                                             
    Total Loans to Deposit Ratio, excluding MW loans and LHFS     81.9 %         85.9 %         86.9 %         89.1 %         90.7 %    
                                                                 

    1 Total LHI does not include deferred fees of $8.2 million, $7.8 million, $6.9 million, $8.8 million and $10.1 million at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, March 31, 2024, December 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023, respectively.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Asset Quality
     
      For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
      Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
      (Dollars in thousands)        
    NPAs:                          
    Nonaccrual loans $ 55,335     $ 58,537     $ 75,721     $ 79,133     $ 65,676     $ 55,335     $ 65,676  
    Nonaccrual PCD loans1   70       73       9,419       13,715       13,718       70       13,718  
    Accruing loans 90 or more days past due2   2,860       143       220       2,975       474       2,860       474  
    Total nonperforming loans held for investment (“NPLs”)   58,265       58,753       85,360       95,823       79,868       58,265       79,868  
    Other real estate owned   9,034       24,256       18,445                   9,034        
    Total NPAs $ 67,299     $ 83,009     $ 103,805     $ 95,823     $ 79,868     $ 67,299     $ 79,868  
                               
    Charge-offs:                          
    1-4 family residential $     $ (31 )   $     $ (21 )   $     $ (31 )   $  
    Multifamily         (198 )           (192 )           (198 )      
    OOCRE               (120 )     (364 )     (375 )     (120 )     (491 )
    NOOCRE         (1,969 )     (4,293 )     (5,434 )           (6,262 )     (8,215 )
    C&I   (2,259 )     (5,601 )     (946 )     (3,893 )     (1,929 )     (8,806 )     (6,520 )
    Consumer   (54 )     (30 )     (71 )     (33 )     (49 )     (155 )     (203 )
    Total charge-offs $ (2,313 )   $ (7,829 )   $ (5,430 )   $ (9,937 )   $ (2,353 )   $ (15,572 )   $ (15,429 )
                               
    Recoveries:                          
    1-4 family residential $ 3     $     $ 1     $ 1     $     $ 4     $ 2  
    OOCRE         120                         120        
    NOOCRE                           200             350  
    C&I   1,962       361       96       387       308       2,419       778  
    Mortgage Warehouse   46                               46        
    Consumer   33       497       49       34       14       579       66  
    Total recoveries $ 2,044     $ 978     $ 146     $ 422     $ 522     $ 3,168     $ 1,196  
                               
    Net charge-offs $ (269 )   $ (6,851 )   $ (5,284 )   $ (9,515 )   $ (1,831 )   $ (12,404 )   $ (14,233 )
                               
    Provision for credit losses $ 4,000     $ 8,250     $ 7,500     $ 9,500     $ 8,627     $ 19,750     $ 33,012  
                               
    ACL $ 117,162     $ 113,431     $ 112,032     $ 109,816     $ 109,831     $ 117,162     $ 109,831  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios:                          
    NPAs to total assets   0.52 %     0.65 %     0.82 %     0.77 %     0.65 %     0.52 %     0.65 %
    NPAs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total assets   0.52       0.65       0.74       0.66       0.44       0.52       0.54  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO   0.70       0.85       1.06       0.99       0.83       0.70       0.83  
    NPLs to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.88       1.00       0.83       0.60       0.83  
    NPLs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total LHI   0.60       0.60       0.78       0.86       0.69       0.60       0.69  
    ACL to total LHI   1.21       1.16       1.15       1.14       1.14       1.21       1.14  
    ACL to total loans, excluding MW and LHFS   1.30       1.23       1.21       1.19       1.19       1.30       1.19  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3   0.01       0.28       0.22       0.39       0.08       0.17       0.20  

    1 Nonaccrual PCD loans consist of PCD loans that transitioned upon adoption of ASC 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses and were accounted for on a pooled basis that have subsequently been placed on nonaccrual status.
    2 Accruing loans greater than 90 days past due exclude purchase credit deteriorated loans greater than 90 days past due that are accounted for on a pooled basis.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    We identify certain financial measures discussed in this earnings release as being “non-GAAP financial measures.” In accordance with SEC rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios calculated using exclusively either one or both of (i) financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and (ii) operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures.

    The non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other financial institutions calculate their financial measures that appear to be similar or have similar names to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this earnings release when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share. Tangible book value is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (b) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by number of common shares outstanding. For tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is book value per common share.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents our tangible book value per common share compared with our book value per common share:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Common shares outstanding     54,446       54,350       54,496       54,338       54,305  
                         
    Book value per common share   $ 29.53     $ 28.49     $ 28.23     $ 28.18     $ 27.46  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 21.72     $ 20.62     $ 20.33     $ 20.21     $ 19.44  
                                             

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity, less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; (b) tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by tangible assets (as described in clause (b)). For tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is total stockholders’ equity to total assets.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, in each case, exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets and presents our tangible common equity to tangible assets:

        As of
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Tangible Common Equity                    
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515     $ 1,531,323     $ 1,491,166  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible common equity   $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006     $ 1,098,376     $ 1,055,781  
    Tangible Assets                    
    Total assets   $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396     $ 12,394,337     $ 12,346,331  
    Adjustments:                    
    Goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )     (28,495 )     (30,933 )
    Tangible Assets   $ 12,617,342     $ 12,256,259     $ 12,277,887     $ 11,961,390     $ 11,910,946  
    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets     9.37 %     9.14 %     9.02 %     9.18 %     8.86 %
                                             

    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity. Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles (which we refer to as “return”) as net income, plus amortization of core deposit intangibles, less tax benefit at the statutory rate; (b) average tangible common equity as total average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) return (as described in clause (a)) divided by average tangible common equity (as described in clause (b)). For return on average tangible common equity, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is return on average equity.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the return on common equity, exclusive of the impact of core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles have the effect of increasing total stockholders’ equity while not increasing our tangible common equity. This measure is particularly relevant to acquisitive institutions that may have higher balances in goodwill and core deposit intangibles than non-acquisitive institutions.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, average tangible common equity to average common equity and net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, net of taxes to net income and presents our return on average tangible common equity:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 32,927     $ 29,128     $ 26,082     $ 5,425     $ 34,547     $ 88,137     $ 110,540  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (Annualized)     11.33 %     10.54 %     9.52 %     2.00 %     12.80 %     10.48 %     13.95 %
                                                             

    Operating Earnings, Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings and performance metrics calculated using Operating Earnings and Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings, including Diluted Operating Earnings per Share, Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Loans, Operating Return on Average Tangible Common Equity and Operating Efficiency Ratio. Operating earnings, pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and the performance metrics calculated using these metrics, listed below, are non-GAAP measures used by management to evaluate the Company’s financial performance. We calculate (a) operating earnings as net income plus severance payments, plus loss on sale of debt securities AFS, net, plus M&A expenses less tax impact of adjustments, plus nonrecurring tax adjustments. We calculate (b) diluted operating earnings per share as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. We calculate (c) pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as operating earnings as described in clause (a) plus provision for income taxes, plus provision (benefit) for credit losses and unfunded commitments. We calculate (d) pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets as pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (e) operating return on average assets as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (f) operating return on average tangible common equity as operating earnings as described in clause (a), adjusted for the amortization of intangibles and tax benefit at the statutory rate, divided by total average tangible common equity (average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization). We calculate (g) operating efficiency ratio as noninterest expense plus adjustments to operating noninterest expense divided by noninterest income plus adjustments to operating noninterest income, plus net interest income.

    We believe that these measures and the operating metrics calculated utilizing these measures are important to management and many investors in the marketplace who are interested in understanding the ongoing operating performance of the Company and provide meaningful comparisons to its peers.

    The following tables reconcile, as of the dates set forth below, operating net income and pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and related metrics:

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Severance payments1     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Plus: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Operating pre-tax income     32,488       27,949       30,460       33,684       32,621       90,897       112,033  
    Less: Tax impact of adjustments     307       166       1,323       2,059             1,796       1,544  
    Plus: Nonrecurring tax adjustments           527                         527        
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
                                 
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     54,932       54,823       54,842       54,691       54,597       54,866       54,563  
    Diluted EPS   $ 0.56     $ 0.50     $ 0.44     $ 0.06     $ 0.60     $ 1.50     $ 1.92  
    Diluted operating EPS   $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ 0.60     $ 1.63     $ 2.02  

    1 Severance payments relate to certain restructurings made during the periods disclosed.

        For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Dec 31, 2023   Sep 30, 2023   Sep 30, 2024   Sep 30, 2023
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Operating Earnings                            
    Net income   $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156     $ 3,499     $ 32,621     $ 82,359     $ 104,762  
    Plus: Provision for income taxes     8,067       8,221       7,237       6,004       9,282       23,525       30,019  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments     4,000       8,250       5,959       8,000       7,718       18,209       32,471  
    Plus: Severance payments     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Plus: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings   $ 44,555     $ 44,420     $ 43,656     $ 47,688     $ 49,621     $ 132,631     $ 174,523  
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %     1.54 %     1.61 %     1.41 %     1.90 %
                                 
    Average loans   $ 9,661,774     $ 9,765,428     $ 9,563,372     $ 9,581,784     $ 9,625,005     $ 9,663,518     $ 9,594,996  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1     1.83 %     1.83 %     1.84 %     1.97 %     2.05 %     1.83 %     2.43 %
                                 
    Average total assets   $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042     $ 12,306,634     $ 12,259,062     $ 12,593,206     $ 12,274,697  
    Return on average assets1     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %     0.11 %     1.06 %     0.87 %     1.14 %
    Operating return on average assets1     1.00       0.91       0.95       1.02       1.06       0.95       1.20  
                                 
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                            
    Operating earnings   $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137     $ 31,625     $ 32,621     $ 89,628     $ 110,489  
    Adjustments:                            
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles     2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       2,438       7,314       7,314  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate     512       512       512       512       512       1,536       1,536  
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles   $ 34,107     $ 30,236     $ 31,063     $ 33,551     $ 34,547     $ 95,406     $ 116,267  
                                 
    Average Tangible Common Equity                            
    Total average stockholders’ equity   $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868     $ 1,510,286     $ 1,508,170     $ 1,553,070     $ 1,498,573  
    Adjustments:                            
    Less: Average goodwill     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Less: Average core deposit intangibles     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )     (30,093 )     (32,540 )     (25,212 )     (34,939 )
    Average tangible common equity   $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760     $ 1,075,741     $ 1,071,178     $ 1,123,406     $ 1,059,182  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1     11.74 %     10.94 %     11.34 %     12.37 %     12.80 %     11.34 %     14.68 %
                                 
    Efficiency ratio     61.94 %     59.11 %     62.45 %     77.49 %     54.49 %     61.15 %     50.88 %
    Operating efficiency ratio                            
    Net interest income   $ 100,062     $ 96,236     $ 92,806     $ 95,533     $ 99,361     $ 289,104     $ 303,581  
    Noninterest income     13,106       10,578       6,662       (17,792 )     9,674       30,346       36,897  
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net                 6,304                   6,304       5,321  
    Plus: Equity method investment write-down                       29,417                    
    Operating noninterest income     13,106       10,578       12,966       11,625       9,674       36,650       42,218  
    Noninterest expense     70,100       63,141       62,116       60,238       59,414       195,357       173,226  
    Less: FDIC special assessment           134             768             134        
    Less: Severance payments     1,487       613                         2,100       1,950  
    Operating noninterest expense   $ 68,613     $ 62,394     $ 62,116     $ 59,470     $ 59,414     $ 193,123     $ 171,276  
    Operating efficiency ratio     60.63 %     58.41 %     58.73 %     55.50 %     54.49 %     59.28 %     49.53 %

    1 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2024 Third Quarter Earnings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CHAMPAIGN, Ill., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE)

     Net Income of $32.0 million
    Diluted EPS of $0.55


    THIRD QUARTER 2024 HIGHLIGHTS

    • Adjusted net income1 of $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share
    • Noninterest income of $36.0 million, or 30.5% of operating revenue1
    • Record high quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment
    • Tangible book value per common share1 of $18.19 at September 30, 2024, compared to $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, a year-over-year increase of 20.7%
    • Tangible common equity1 increased to 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023
    • Announced transformative partnership with CrossFirst Bankshares

    For additional information, please refer to the 3Q24 Earnings Investor Presentation.

    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    Third Quarter Financial Results

    Net income for First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was $32.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, or $0.55 per diluted common share, compared to $27.4 million, or $0.47 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024, and $30.7 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted net income1, which excludes the impact of acquisition and restructuring expenses, was $33.5 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $29.0 million, or $0.50 per diluted common share, for the second quarter of 2024 and $30.7 million or $0.55 per diluted common share for the third quarter of 2023. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.06% and 12.80%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets1 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity1 were 1.11% and 13.41%, respectively, for the third quarter of 2024.

    Third quarter results included $0.8 million in net securities gains, nearly all of which were unrealized, as well as immaterial follow-on adjustments from the mortgage servicing rights sale previously announced in the first quarter of 2024. Excluding these items, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023. Further adjusted net income1 was $32.9 million for the third quarter of 2024 with these items excluded, equating to further adjusted earnings1 of $0.57 per diluted common share.

    Pre-provision net revenue1 was $41.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $41.1 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $38.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.38% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.37% for the second quarter of 2024, and 1.24% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1 was $44.1 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $42.6 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $40.5 million for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets1 was 1.46% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.42% for the second quarter of 2024 and 1.32% for the third quarter of 2023.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Total noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments contributed $16.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, to our noninterest income for the third quarter of 2024, representing 60.4% of noninterest income on a combined basis.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Non-operating pretax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses1 were $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2024. Busey believes that its non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 1) facilitate the assessment of its financial results and peer comparability. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures in tabular form, see Non-GAAP Financial Information.

    We remain deliberate in our efforts to prudently manage our expense base and operating efficiency given the economic outlook. Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1, which excludes the amortization of intangible assets and new markets tax credits, acquisition and restructuring expenses, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The year-over-year comparable period growth in adjusted core expense can be attributed primarily to the acquisition of M&M and general inflationary pressures on compensation and benefits and to a lesser extent certain other expense categories.

    Quarterly pre-tax expense synergies resulting from our acquisition of Merchants and Manufacturers Bank Corporation (the “M&M acquisition”) are anticipated to be $1.6 million to $1.7 million per quarter when fully realized. Quarterly run-rate savings are projected to be achieved by the first quarter of 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, we achieved approximately 79% of the full quarterly savings. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Planned Partnership with CrossFirst

    On August 26, 2024, Busey and CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which CrossFirst will merge with and into Busey (the “merger”) and CrossFirst’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CrossFirst Bank, will merge with and into Busey Bank. This partnership will create a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 77 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas—and approximately $20 billion in combined assets, $17 billion in total deposits, $15 billion in total loans, and $14 billion in wealth assets under care.

    Under the terms of the merger agreement, CrossFirst stockholders will have the right to receive for each share of CrossFirst common stock 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Busey’s stockholders will own approximately 63.5% of the combined company and CrossFirst’s stockholders will own approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Completion of the merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of both Busey and CrossFirst stockholders and the regulatory approvals for the merger and the bank merger. With approvals, the parties expect to close the merger in the first or second quarter of 2025. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name and the combined bank will operate under the Busey Bank name. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will merge with and into Busey Bank in mid-2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank. In connection with the merger, Busey incurred one-time pretax acquisition-related expenses of $1.3 million during the third quarter of 2024.

    For further details on the merger, see Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing the merger, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 27, 2024.

    Busey’s Conservative Banking Strategy

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. Our granular deposit base continues to position us well, with core deposits1 representing 96.5% of our deposits as of September 30, 2024. Our retail deposit base was comprised of more than 253,000 accounts with an average balance of $22 thousand and an average tenure of 16.7 years as of September 30, 2024. Our commercial deposit base was comprised of more than 33,000 accounts with an average balance of $97 thousand and an average tenure of 12.6 years as of September 30, 2024. We estimate that 29% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized2 as of September 30, 2024, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    Asset quality remains strong by both Busey’s historical and current industry trends. Non-performing assets decreased to $8.3 million during the third quarter of 2024, representing 0.07% of total assets. Busey’s results for the third quarter of 2024 include an insignificant provision expense for credit losses and a $0.4 million provision expense for unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses was $85.0 million as of September 30, 2024, representing 1.09% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 10.34 times our non-performing loan balance. Busey recorded net charge-offs of $0.2 million in the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, our commercial real estate loan portfolio of investor-owned office properties within Central Business District3 areas was minimal at $2.1 million. Our credit performance continues to reflect our highly diversified, conservatively underwritten loan portfolio, which has been originated predominantly to established customers with tenured relationships with our company.

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. In the third quarter of 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio4 was 13.78% and our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio4 was 18.19%. Our regulatory capital ratios continue to provide a buffer of more than $580 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Our Tangible Common Equity ratio1 increased to 8.96% during the third quarter of 2024, compared to 8.36% for the second quarter of 2024 and 7.06% for the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. During the third quarter of 2024, we paid a common share dividend of $0.24.

    Community Banking

    In July 2024—based on their community involvement and academic achievements—Busey awarded 10 deserving students from across Busey’s footprint in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, and Indiana, a $2,500 scholarship to support their continuing education and bright futures. With 70 applications received, and a record number of eligible applicants, the students with the top scores, as determined by Busey’s Scholarship Committee, averaged a 4.16 GPA. Since the inception of the Busey Bank Bridge Scholarship program in 2022, Busey has awarded 30 scholarships to deserving students for a total $75,000. Full details on the scholarship’s eligibility criteria and application process can be found at https://www.busey.com/busey/busey-bank-bridge-scholarship.

    As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum and our strategic growth plans, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders. With our strong capital position, an attractive core funding base, and a sound credit foundation, we remain confident that we are well positioned as we move into the final quarter of 2024 and into 2025. We are mindful of the evolving economic outlook and remain focused on balance sheet strength, profitability, and growth, in that order. The pending CrossFirst transaction fits with our acquisition strategy and we are excited to welcome our CrossFirst colleagues into the Busey family.

        Van A. Dukeman
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        First Busey Corporation
     
    SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    EARNINGS & PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Diluted earnings per common share   0.55       0.47       0.54       1.49       1.72  
    Cash dividends paid per share   0.24       0.24       0.24       0.72       0.72  
    Pre-provision net revenue1, 2   41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Operating revenue2   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                       
    Net income by operating segment:                  
    Banking   33,221       26,697       31,189       86,410       98,689  
    FirsTech   (61 )     28       317       53       505  
    Wealth Management   5,618       5,561       4,781       16,177       14,571  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCES                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 502,127     $ 346,381     $ 252,730     $ 480,979     $ 237,370  
    Investment securities   2,666,269       2,737,313       3,148,759       2,769,862       3,254,054  
    Loans held for sale   11,539       9,353       2,267       8,585       1,955  
    Portfolio loans   7,869,798       8,010,636       7,834,285       7,826,741       7,767,378  
    Interest-earning assets   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
    Total assets   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                       
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,706,858       2,816,293       2,925,244       2,743,777       3,082,884  
    Interest-bearing deposits   7,296,921       7,251,582       7,217,463       7,292,884       6,886,277  
    Total deposits   10,003,779       10,067,875       10,142,707       10,036,661       9,969,161  
                       
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   132,688       144,370       190,112       151,835       207,014  
    Interest-bearing liabilities   7,731,459       7,725,832       7,864,355       7,762,867       7,748,218  
    Total liabilities   10,643,325       10,757,877       10,994,376       10,716,295       11,029,374  
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,364,377       1,331,815       1,208,407       1,324,119       1,195,858  
    Tangible common equity2   994,657       955,591       850,382       957,788       835,204  
                       
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets1, 2, 3   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Return on average assets3   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Return on average common equity3   9.33 %     8.26 %     10.07 %     8.63 %     10.82 %
    Return on average tangible common equity2, 3   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Net interest margin2, 4   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Efficiency ratio2   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue2   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                       
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION                  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue1, 2 $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
    Adjusted net income2   33,533       29,016       30,730       89,080       96,889  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share2   0.58       0.50       0.55       1.55       1.72  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2, 3   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %
    Adjusted return on average assets2, 3   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity2, 3   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %
    Adjusted net interest margin2, 4   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio2   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains and losses, less noninterest expense.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
    3. For quarterly periods, measures are annualized.
    4. On a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 21%.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
     
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 553,709     $ 285,269     $ 337,919  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,818,117       1,829,896       2,182,841  
    Debt securities held to maturity   838,883       851,261       882,614  
    Equity securities   10,315       9,618       8,782  
    Loans held for sale   11,523       11,286       3,051  
               
    Commercial loans   5,631,281       5,799,214       5,824,800  
    Retail real estate and retail other loans   2,177,816       2,199,698       2,031,360  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
               
    Allowance for credit losses   (84,981 )     (85,226 )     (91,710 )
    Premises and equipment   120,279       121,647       122,538  
    Right of use asset   11,100       11,137       11,500  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   368,249       370,580       356,343  
    Other assets   530,548       567,036       588,212  
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,683,543     $ 2,832,776     $ 2,918,574  
    Interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits   5,739,773       5,619,470       5,747,136  
    Time deposits   1,519,925       1,523,889       1,666,652  
    Total deposits   9,943,241       9,976,135       10,332,362  
               
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   128,429       140,283       183,702  
    Short-term borrowings               12,000  
    Long-term debt   227,482       227,245       243,666  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   74,754       74,693       71,946  
    Lease liability   11,470       11,469       11,783  
    Other liabilities   198,579       207,781       212,633  
    Total liabilities   10,583,955       10,637,606       11,068,092  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   279,868       261,820       224,698  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (170,913 )     (220,326 )     (290,730 )
    Other1   1,293,929       1,292,316       1,256,190  
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,402,884       1,333,810       1,190,158  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share $ 24.67     $ 23.50     $ 21.51  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net balance of common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See Non-GAAP Financial Information for reconciliation.
     
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    INTEREST INCOME                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 111,336     $ 109,641     $ 99,844     $ 320,302     $ 284,423  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities   18,072       19,173       21,234       57,182       62,360  
    Other interest income   5,092       3,027       1,591       14,590       3,890  
    Total interest income $ 134,500     $ 131,841     $ 122,669     $ 392,074     $ 350,673  
                       
    INTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Deposits $ 46,634     $ 43,709     $ 37,068     $ 134,311     $ 78,576  
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   981       1,040       1,327       3,393       3,772  
    Short-term borrowings   26       418       1,964       676       12,527  
    Long-term debt   3,181       3,181       3,528       9,767       10,631  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   1,137       1,059       991       3,185       2,849  
    Total interest expense $ 51,959     $ 49,407     $ 44,878     $ 151,332     $ 108,355  
                       
    Net interest income $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Provision for credit losses   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 82,539     $ 80,157     $ 77,427     $ 233,425     $ 240,374  
                       
    NONINTEREST INCOME                  
    Wealth management fees $ 15,378     $ 15,917     $ 14,235     $ 46,844     $ 43,594  
    Fees for customer services   8,168       7,798       7,502       23,022       21,560  
    Payment technology solutions   5,265       5,915       5,226       16,889       15,772  
    Mortgage revenue   355       478       311       1,579       871  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,189       1,442       1,001       4,050       3,682  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights   (18 )     277             7,724        
    Net securities gains (losses)   822       (353 )     (285 )     (5,906 )     (2,960 )
    Other noninterest income   4,792       2,327       3,018       10,550       8,349  
    Total noninterest income $ 35,951     $ 33,801     $ 31,008     $ 104,752     $ 90,868  
                       
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                  
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 44,593     $ 43,478     $ 39,677     $ 130,161     $ 119,867  
    Data processing expense   6,910       7,100       5,930       20,560       17,472  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   4,633       4,590       4,594       13,943       13,896  
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,647       1,695       1,638       5,155       5,065  
    Professional fees   3,118       2,495       1,542       7,866       4,573  
    Amortization of intangible assets   2,548       2,629       2,555       7,586       7,953  
    Interchange expense   1,352       1,733       1,786       4,696       5,509  
    FDIC insurance   1,413       1,460       1,475       4,273       4,483  
    Other noninterest expense   9,712       10,357       11,748       27,992       31,735  
    Total noninterest expense $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
                       
    Income before income taxes $ 42,564     $ 38,421     $ 37,490     $ 115,945     $ 120,689  
    Income taxes   10,560       11,064       6,824       30,359       23,873  
    Net income $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
                       
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS                  
    Basic earnings per common share $ 0.56     $ 0.48     $ 0.55     $ 1.52     $ 1.75  
    Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Average common shares outstanding   57,033,359       56,919,025       55,486,700       56,458,430       55,441,980  
    Diluted average common shares outstanding   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                                           

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    Our balance sheet remains a source of strength. Total assets were $11.99 billion as of September 30, 2024, compared to $11.97 billion as of June 30, 2024, and $12.26 billion as of September 30, 2023.

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters, and this approach has impacted loan growth as predicted. Portfolio loans totaled $7.81 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $8.00 billion at June 30, 2024, and $7.86 billion at September 30, 2023.

    Average portfolio loans were $7.87 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $8.01 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $7.83 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Average interest-earning assets were $10.94 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.99 billion for the second quarter of 2024, and $11.12 billion for the third quarter of 2023.

    Total deposits were $9.94 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $9.98 billion at June 30, 2024, and $10.33 billion at September 30, 2023. Average deposits were $10.00 billion for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.07 billion for the second quarter of 2024 and $10.14 billion for the third quarter of 2023. Deposit fluctuations over the last several quarters were driven by a number of elements, including (1) seasonal factors, including ordinary course public fund flows and fluctuations in the normal course of business operations of certain core commercial customers, (2) the macroeconomic environment, including prevailing interest rates and inflationary pressures, (3) depositors moving some funds to accounts at competitors offering above-market rates, and (4) deposits moving within the Busey ecosystem between deposit accounts and our wealth management group. Core deposits1 accounted for 96.5% of total deposits as of September 30, 2024. Cost of deposits was 1.85% in the third quarter of 2024, which represents an increase of 10 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding time deposits, Busey’s cost of deposits was 1.50% in the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 14 basis points from the second quarter of 2024. Non-maturity deposit cost of funds has increased as Busey Bank continues to offer savings account specials to customers with larger account balances, with the intention of migrating maturing CDs to these managed rate products. Pressure on non-interest bearing deposits along with some elevated balances of higher rate seasonal business and public funds accounts also contributed to increases in overall deposit funding cost during the quarter. Spot rates on total deposit costs, including noninterest bearing deposits, increased by 5 basis points from 1.75% at June 30, 2024, to 1.80% at September 30, 2024. Spot rates on interest bearing deposits increased by 1 basis point from 2.45% at June 30, 2024 to 2.46% at September 30, 2024.

    There were no short term borrowings as of September 30 or June 30, 2024, compared to $12.0 million at September 30, 2023. We had no borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) at the end of the third quarter of 2024, the second quarter of 2024, or the third quarter of 2023. We have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers. As of September 30, 2024, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity totaled $6.37 billion. We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the third quarter of 2024 had a weighted average term of 8.1 months at a rate of 4.18%, 67 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $81.1 million in the third quarter of 2024. For the remainder of 2024, cash flows from our securities portfolio are expected to be approximately $97.1 million with a current book yield of 2.18%.

    ASSET QUALITY

    Credit quality continues to be strong. Loans 30-89 days past due totaled $10.1 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $23.5 million as of June 30, 2024, and $5.9 million as of September 30, 2023. The decrease in loans that were 30-89 days past due is primarily attributable to a single commercial real estate loan in the second quarter that is no longer past due as of September 30, 2024. Non-performing loans were $8.2 million as of September 30, 2024, compared to $9.1 million as of June 30, 2024, and $12.0 million as of September 30, 2023. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.11% as of both September 30, 2024, and June 30, 2024, and 0.15% as of September 30, 2023. Non-performing assets were 0.07% of total assets for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 0.08% for the second quarter of 2024 and 0.10% for the third quarter of 2023. Our total classified assets were $89.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $95.8 million at June 30, 2024, and $59.6 million at September 30, 2023. Our ratio of classified assets to estimated bank Tier 1 capital4 and reserves remains low by historical standards, at 5.9% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 6.4% as of June 30, 2024, and 4.1% as of September 30, 2023.

    Net charge-offs were $0.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $9.9 million for the second quarter of 2024, and $0.3 million for the third quarter of 2023. Charge-offs in the second quarter of 2024 were primarily in connection with a single commercial and industrial credit relationship that also experienced a partial charge-off during the first quarter of 2024. The allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans was 1.09% as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1.07% as of June 30, 2024, and 1.17% as of September 30, 2023. The ratio was impacted in 2024 by the acquisition of M&M’s Life Equity Loan® portfolio, as Busey did not record an allowance for credit loss for these loans due to no expected credit loss at default, as permitted under the practical expedient provided within the Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-35-6. The allowance coverage for non-performing loans was 10.34 times as of September 30, 2024, compared to 9.36 times as of June 30, 2024, and 7.64 times as of September 30, 2023.

    Busey maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment.

     
    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
               
      As of
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Portfolio loans   7,809,097       7,998,912       7,856,160  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   10,141       23,463       5,934  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   8,192       8,393       11,298  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   25       712       709  
    Non-performing loans $ 8,217     $ 9,105     $ 12,007  
    Non-performing loans, segregated by geography:          
    Illinois / Indiana $ 3,981     $ 5,793     $ 7,951  
    Missouri   3,530       3,089       3,747  
    Florida   706       222       309  
    Other non-performing assets   64       90       96  
    Non-performing assets $ 8,281     $ 9,195     $ 12,103  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 84,981     $ 85,226     $ 91,710  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.07 %     0.08 %     0.10 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.11 %     0.11 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.09 %     1.07 %     1.17 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 10.34 x   9.36 x   7.64 x
    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands)
                       
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 247     $ 9,856     $ 293     $ 15,319     $ 1,842  
    Provision expense (release)   2       2,277       364       7,317       1,944  
                                           

    NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME

    Net interest margin1 was 3.02% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.03% for the second quarter of 2024 and 2.80% for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin1 was 2.97% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 3.00% in the second quarter of 2024 and 2.79% in the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income was $82.5 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $82.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $77.8 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    After raising federal funds rates by a total of 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) lowered rates by 50 basis points in September 2024. In anticipation of the FOMC pivot to an easing cycle, we limited our exposure to term funding structures and intentionally priced savings specials to encourage maturing CD balances to migrate to managed rate non-maturity products. During September we began lowering rates on special priced deposit accounts and other managed rate products to benefit from the FOMC rate cuts. In addition, approximately 6% of our deposit portfolio is indexed and immediately repriced with the rate cuts by the FOMC. With our short duration CD balances comprising only 15% of the deposit funding base, we also have the ability to quickly reprice the book at lower market rates. We continue to offer CD specials with shorter term structures as well as offering attractive premium savings rates to encourage rotation of maturing CD deposits into nimble pricing products. Components of the 1 basis point decrease in net interest margin1 during the third quarter of 2024 include:

    • Increased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed +3 basis points
    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting contributed +2 basis points
    • Reduced borrowing expense +2 basis points
    • Reduced time deposit funding costs contributed +1 basis point
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -11 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 2.1% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet restructuring strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the third quarter of 2024. Since the onset of the current FOMC tightening cycle that began in the first quarter of 2022, our cumulative interest-bearing non-maturity deposit beta peaked at 41%. Our total deposit beta for the completed tightening cycle was 34%. Deposit betas were calculated based on an average federal funds rate of 5.43% during the third quarter of 2024. The average federal funds rate decreased by 7 basis points compared to the average rate of 5.50% in the second quarter of 2024.

    NONINTEREST INCOME

    Noninterest income was $36.0 million for the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $33.8 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $31.0 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and immaterial follow-on adjustments from the previously announced mortgage servicing rights sale, adjusted noninterest income1 was $35.1 million, or 29.9% of operating revenue1, during the third quarter of 2024, $33.9 million, or 29.1% of operating revenue, for the second quarter of 2024, and $31.3 million, or 28.7% of operating revenue, for the third quarter of 2023.

    Consolidated wealth management fees were $15.4 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $15.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $14.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Wealth management fees for the third quarter of 2024 declined by 3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024 primarily based on seasonal tax preparation fees. On a segment basis, Wealth Management generated $16.2 million in revenue during the third quarter of 2024, a 12.7% increase over revenue of $14.4 million for the third quarter of 2023. Approximately $0.8 million of revenue attributed to the wealth segment is reported on a consolidated basis as part of other noninterest income. Third quarter of 2024 results marked a new record high reported quarterly revenue for the Wealth Management operating segment. The Wealth Management operating segment generated net income of $5.6 million in both the third quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2024, compared to $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the third quarter of 2024 with $13.69 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.02 billion at the end of the second quarter of 2024 and $11.55 billion at the end of the third quarter of 2023. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark6 over the last three and five years.

    Payment technology solutions revenue was $5.3 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $5.9 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $5.2 million for the third quarter of 2023. Excluding intracompany eliminations, the FirsTech operating segment generated revenue of $5.6 million during the third quarter of 2024, compared to $6.2 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.7 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Noninterest income generated from our Wealth Management and FirsTech operating segments comprised 60.4% of our total noninterest income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, providing a balance to spread-based revenue from traditional banking activities.

    Fees for customer services were $8.2 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $7.5 million in the third quarter of 2023.

    Net securities gains were $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, comprised primarily of unrealized gains on equity securities.

    Other noninterest income was $4.8 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. Revenue associated with certain wealth management activities reported as other noninterest income on a consolidated basis was $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million for the third quarter of 2023. Fluctuations in other noninterest income are primarily attributable to increases in venture capital investments, referral fees, and swap origination fees, partially offset by decreases in commercial loan sales gains. Increases for the year also reflect the addition of Life Equity Loan® servicing income beginning in the second quarter of 2024.

    OPERATING EFFICIENCY

    Noninterest expense was $75.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $75.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $70.9 million for the third quarter of 2023. The efficiency ratio1 was 62.1% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 62.3% for the second quarter of 2024, and 62.4% for the third quarter of 2023. Adjusted core expense1 was $71.0 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $71.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2023. The adjusted core efficiency ratio1 was 60.2% for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.9% for the second quarter of 2024, and 60.2% for the third quarter of 2023. We expect to continue to prudently manage our expenses and to realize increased rates of M&M acquisition synergies during the final quarter of 2024.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses were $44.6 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $43.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $39.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating salaries, wages, and employee benefit expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $1.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the third quarter of 2024 over the second quarter of 2024 was primarily attributable to performance metrics tied to bonus and equity compensation. Our associate-base consisted of 1,510 full-time equivalents as of September 30, 2024, compared to 1,520 as of June 30, 2024, and 1,484 as of September 30, 2023. The increase in our associate-base in the second quarter of 2024 was largely due to the M&M acquisition.
    • Data processing expense was $6.9 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5.9 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.1 million of non-operating data processing expenses in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees were $3.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $1.4 million of non-operating professional fees in the third quarter of 2024, as compared to $0.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $0.1 million in the third quarter of 2023.
    • Other noninterest expense was $9.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, compared to $10.4 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $11.7 million in the third quarter of 2023. Busey recorded $0.4 million of non-operating costs in other noninterest expense in the third quarter of 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2024 and none in the third quarter of 2023. In connection with Busey’s adoption of ASU 2023-02 on January 1, 2024, Busey began recording amortization of New Markets Tax Credits as income tax expense instead of other operating expense, which resulted in a decrease to other operating expenses of $2.3 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Other items contributing to the fluctuations in other noninterest expense included the provision for unfunded commitments, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, fixed asset impairment, marketing, business development, and expenses related to recruiting and onboarding.

    Busey’s effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2024 was 24.8%, which was lower than the combined federal and state statutory rate of approximately 28.0% due to the impact of tax exempt interest income, such as municipal bond interest, bank owned life insurance income, and investments in various federal and state tax credits.

    Effective tax rates were higher in 2024, compared to 2023, due to the adoption of ASU 2023-02 in January 2024. Upon adoption of ASU 2023-02 Busey elected to use the proportional amortization method of accounting for equity investments made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits. The proportional amortization method results in the cost of the investment being amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization of the investment and the income tax credits being presented net in the income statement as a component of income tax expense as opposed to being presented on a gross basis on the income statement as a component of noninterest expense and income tax expense.

    CAPITAL STRENGTH

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. On October 25, 2024, Busey will pay a cash dividend of $0.24 per common share to stockholders of record as of October 18, 2024. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    As of September 30, 2024, Busey continued to exceed the capital adequacy requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory guidelines. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated4 to be 13.78% at September 30, 2024, compared to 13.20% at June 30, 2024, and 12.52% at September 30, 2023. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated4 to be 18.19% at September 30, 2024, compared to 17.50% at June 30, 2024, and 16.72% at September 30, 2023.

    Busey’s tangible common equity1 was $1.04 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $970.9 million at June 30, 2024, and $841.2 million at September 30, 2023. Tangible common equity1 represented 8.96% of tangible assets at September 30, 2024, compared to 8.36% at June 30, 2024, and 7.06% at September 30, 2023. Busey’s tangible book value per common share1 increased to $18.19 at September 30, 2024, from $16.97 at June 30, 2024, and $15.07 at September 30, 2023, reflecting a 20.7% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair value adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    THIRD QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to the Q3 2024 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8-K on October 22, 2024, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of September 30, 2024, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was an $11.99 billion financial holding company headquartered in Champaign, Illinois.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation, had total assets of $11.95 billion as of September 30, 2024, and is headquartered in Champaign, Illinois. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.69 billion as of September 30, 2024. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the first time, Busey was named among the World’s Best Banks for 2024 by Forbes, earning a spot on the list among 68 U.S. banks and 403 banks worldwide. Additionally, Busey Bank was honored to be named among America’s Best Banks by Forbes magazine for the third consecutive year. Ranked 40th overall in 2024, Busey was the second-ranked bank headquartered in Illinois of the six that made this year’s list and the highest-ranked bank of those with more than $10 billion in assets. Busey is humbled to be named among the 2023 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2023 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    For more information about us, visit busey.com.

    Category: Financial
    Source: First Busey Corporation

    Contacts:

    Jeffrey D. Jones, Chief Financial Officer
    217-365-4130

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring noninterest items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    Below is a reconciliation to what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures—specifically, net interest income, total noninterest income, net security gains and losses, and total noninterest expense in the case of pre-provision net revenue, adjusted pre-provision net revenue, pre-provision net revenue to average assets, and adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets; net income in the case of adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted return on average assets, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average tangible common equity; net income and net security gains and losses in the case of further adjusted net income and further adjusted diluted earnings per share; net interest income in the case of adjusted net interest income and adjusted net interest margin; net interest income, total noninterest income, and total noninterest expense in the case of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted noninterest expense, noninterest expense excluding non-operating adjustments, adjusted core expense, efficiency ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted core efficiency ratio; net interest income, total noninterest income, net securities gains and losses, and net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights in the case of operating revenue and adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue; total assets and goodwill and other intangible assets in the case of tangible assets; total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible book value per common share; total assets and total stockholders’ equity in the case of tangible common equity and tangible common equity to tangible assets; and total deposits in the case of core deposits and core deposits to total deposits.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue, Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue,
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets, and
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue to Average Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    PRE-PROVISION NET REVENUE                     
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Total noninterest expense     (75,926 )     (75,537 )     (70,945 )     (222,232 )     (210,553 )
    Pre-provision net revenue     41,744       41,051       38,139       129,168       125,593  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     407       (369 )     13       (640 )     (357 )
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 2,260             6,740  
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue   $ 44,104     $ 42,617     $ 40,491     $ 125,359     $ 132,067  
                         
    Pre-provision net revenue, annualized [a] $ 166,069     $ 165,106     $ 151,312     $ 172,538     $ 167,917  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, annualized [b]   175,457       171,405       160,644       167,450       176,573  
    Average total assets [c]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [a÷c]   1.38 %     1.37 %     1.24 %     1.43 %     1.37 %
    Adjusted: Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets1 [b÷c]   1.46 %     1.42 %     1.32 %     1.39 %     1.44 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, Adjusted Return on Average Assets, Average Tangible Common Equity, Return on Average Tangible Common Equity, and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Common Equity
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR NON-OPERATING ITEMS                    
    Net income [a] $ 32,004     $ 27,357     $ 30,666     $ 85,586     $ 96,816  
    Non-GAAP adjustments for non-operating expenses:                    
    Acquisition expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     73       1,137             1,210        
    Data processing     90       344             534        
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     1,772       731       79       2,688       91  
    Restructuring expenses:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits                       123        
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     1,935       2,212       79       4,555       91  
    Related tax benefit1     (406 )     (553 )     (15 )     (1,061 )     (18 )
    Adjusted net income [b] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
                         
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE                    
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [c]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Reported: Diluted earnings per share [a÷c] $ 0.55     $ 0.47     $ 0.54     $ 1.49     $ 1.72  
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [b÷c] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS                    
    Net income, annualized [d] $ 127,320     $ 110,029     $ 121,664     $ 114,323     $ 129,443  
    Adjusted net income, annualized [e]   133,403       116,702       121,918       118,990       129,540  
    Average total assets [f]   12,007,702       12,089,692       12,202,783       12,040,414       12,225,232  
                         
    Reported: Return on average assets2 [d÷f]   1.06 %     0.91 %     1.00 %     0.95 %     1.06 %
    Adjusted: Return on average assets2 [e÷f]   1.11 %     0.97 %     1.00 %     0.99 %     1.06 %
                         
    RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY                    
    Average common equity   $ 1,364,377     $ 1,331,815     $ 1,208,407     $ 1,324,119     $ 1,195,858  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (369,720 )     (376,224 )     (358,025 )     (366,331 )     (360,654 )
    Average tangible common equity [g] $ 994,657     $ 955,591     $ 850,382     $ 957,788     $ 835,204  
                         
    Reported: Return on average tangible common equity2 [d÷g]   12.80 %     11.51 %     14.31 %     11.94 %     15.50 %
    Adjusted: Return on average tangible common equity2 [e÷g]   13.41 %     12.21 %     14.34 %     12.42 %     15.51 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Year-to-date tax benefits were calculated by multiplying year-to-date acquisition and restructuring expenses by the effective income tax rate for each year-to-date period, which for 2024 excludes a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations and deductibility of certain acquisition expenses. Tax rates used in these calculations were 23.3% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Quarterly tax benefits were calculated as the year-to-date tax benefit amounts less the sum of amounts applied to previous quarters during the year, equating to tax rates of 21.0%, 25.0%, and 19.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Further Adjusted Net Income and Further Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income1 [a] $ 33,533     $ 29,016     $ 30,730     $ 89,080     $ 96,889  
    Further non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net securities (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Tax effect for further non-GAAP adjustments2     199       (19 )     (52 )     453       (585 )
    Tax effected further non-GAAP adjustments3     (605 )     57       233       (1,365 )     2,375  
    Further adjusted net income3 [b] $ 32,928     $ 29,073     $ 30,963     $ 87,715     $ 99,264  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4           1,446             1,446        
    Further adjusted net income, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment3 [c] $ 32,928     $ 30,519     $ 30,963     $ 89,161     $ 99,264  
                         
    Diluted average common shares outstanding [d]   57,967,848       57,853,231       56,315,492       57,411,299       56,230,624  
                         
    Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share [a÷d] $ 0.58     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.72  
    Further Adjusted: Diluted earnings per share3 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.55     $ 1.53     $ 1.77  
    Further Adjusted, excluding one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment: Diluted earnings per share3 [c÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.55     $ 1.55     $ 1.77  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP measure. See the table on the previous page for a reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.
    2. Tax effects for further non-GAAP adjustments were calculated by multiplying further non-GAAP adjustments by the effective income tax rate for each period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the rate that we used excluded a one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment resulting from a change in Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations. Effective income tax rates that we used to calculate the tax effect were 24.8%, 25.0%, and 18.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and September 30, 2023, respectively, and were 24.9% and 19.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
    3. Tax-effected measure.
    4. An estimated one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $1.4 million resulted from a change to our Illinois apportionment rate due to recently enacted regulations.
     
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income   $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income     82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (1,338 )     (812 )     (277 )     (2,354 )     (1,093 )
    Adjusted net interest income   $ 81,599     $ 82,024     $ 78,067     $ 239,635     $ 242,897  
                         
    Tax-equivalent net interest income, annualized [a] $ 329,945     $ 333,165     $ 310,821     $ 323,241     $ 326,214  
    Adjusted net interest income, annualized [b]   324,622       329,899       309,722       320,096       324,752  
    Average interest-earning assets [c]   10,936,611       10,993,907       11,118,167       10,976,660       11,142,780  
                         
    Reported: Net interest margin2 [a÷c]   3.02 %     3.03 %     2.80 %     2.94 %     2.93 %
    Adjusted: Net interest margin2 [b÷c]   2.97 %     3.00 %     2.79 %     2.92 %     2.91 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
     
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Operating Revenue, Adjusted Noninterest Income to Operating Revenue, Noninterest Expense Excluding Amortization of Intangible Assets, Adjusted Noninterest Expense,
    Adjusted Core Expense, Noninterest Expense Excluding Non-Operating Adjustments,
    Efficiency Ratio, Adjusted Efficiency Ratio, and Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio
    (dollars in thousands)
                         
        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net interest income [a] $ 82,541     $ 82,434     $ 77,791     $ 240,742     $ 242,318  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     396       402       553       1,247       1,672  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income [b]   82,937       82,836       78,344       241,989       243,990  
                         
    Total noninterest income     35,951       33,801       31,008       104,752       90,868  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Net security (gains) losses     (822 )     353       285       5,906       2,960  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses [c]   35,129       34,154       31,293       110,658       93,828  
    Further adjustments:                    
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights     18       (277 )           (7,724 )      
    Adjusted noninterest income [d] $ 35,147     $ 33,877     $ 31,293     $ 102,934     $ 93,828  
                         
    Tax-equivalent revenue [e = b+c] $ 118,066     $ 116,990     $ 109,637     $ 352,647     $ 337,818  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue [f = b+d]   118,084       116,713       109,637       344,923       337,818  
    Operating revenue [g = a+d]   117,688       116,311       109,084       343,676       336,146  
                         
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue [d÷g]   29.86 %     29.13 %     28.69 %     29.95 %     27.91 %
                         
    Total noninterest expense   $ 75,926     $ 75,537     $ 70,945     $ 222,232     $ 210,553  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                    
    Amortization of intangible assets [h]   (2,548 )     (2,629 )     (2,555 )     (7,586 )     (7,953 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets [i]   73,378       72,908       68,390       214,646       202,600  
    Non-operating adjustments:                    
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits     (73 )     (1,137 )           (1,333 )      
    Data processing     (90 )     (344 )           (534 )      
    Professional fees, occupancy, furniture and fixtures, and other     (1,772 )     (731 )     (79 )     (2,688 )     (91 )
    Adjusted noninterest expense [j]   71,443       70,696       68,311       210,091       202,509  
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (407 )     369       (13 )     640       357  
    Amortization of New Markets Tax Credits                 (2,260 )           (6,740 )
    Adjusted core expense [k] $ 71,036     $ 71,065     $ 66,038     $ 210,731     $ 196,126  
                         
    Noninterest expense, excluding non-operating adjustments [j-h] $ 73,991     $ 73,325     $ 70,866     $ 217,677     $ 210,462  
                         
    Reported: Efficiency ratio [i÷e]   62.15 %     62.32 %     62.38 %     60.87 %     59.97 %
    Adjusted: Efficiency ratio [j÷f]   60.50 %     60.57 %     62.31 %     60.91 %     59.95 %
    Adjusted: Core efficiency ratio [k÷f]   60.16 %     60.89 %     60.23 %     61.10 %     58.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
     
    Tangible Book Value and Tangible Book Value Per Common Share
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tangible book value [a] $ 1,034,635     $ 963,230     $ 833,815  
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding [b]   56,872,241       56,746,937       55,342,017  
                 
    Tangible book value per common share [a÷b] $ 18.19     $ 16.97     $ 15.07  
     
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Total assets   $ 11,986,839     $ 11,971,416     $ 12,258,250  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible assets2 [a] $ 11,625,768     $ 11,608,523     $ 11,909,261  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 1,402,884     $ 1,333,810     $ 1,190,158  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (368,249 )     (370,580 )     (356,343 )
    Tax effect of other intangible assets1     7,178       7,687       7,354  
    Tangible common equity2 [b] $ 1,041,813     $ 970,917     $ 841,169  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets2 [b÷a]   8.96 %     8.36 %     7.06 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Net of estimated deferred tax liability, calculated using the estimated statutory tax rate of 28%.
    2. Tax-effected measure.
     
    Core Deposits, Core Deposits to Total Deposits, and Portfolio Loans to Core Deposits
    (dollars in thousands)
                 
        As of
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Portfolio loans [a] $ 7,809,097     $ 7,998,912     $ 7,856,160  
                 
    Total deposits [b] $ 9,943,241     $ 9,976,135     $ 10,332,362  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:            
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (13,089 )     (43,089 )     (6,055 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (338,808 )     (314,461 )     (350,276 )
    Core deposits [c] $ 9,591,344     $ 9,618,585     $ 9,976,031  
                 
    RATIOS            
    Core deposits to total deposits [c÷b]   96.46 %     96.42 %     96.55 %
    Portfolio loans to core deposits [a÷c]   81.42 %     83.16 %     78.75 %
                             

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) risks related to the proposed transaction with CrossFirst, including (i) the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, stockholder, or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated (and the risk that required regulatory approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the proposed transaction); (ii) the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Busey and CrossFirst do business; (iii) the possibility that the merger may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; (iv) diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; (v) the possibility that Busey may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the merger within the expected timeframes or at all, and to successfully integrate CrossFirst’s operations with those of Busey or that such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; (vi) revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; and (vii) shareholder litigation that could prevent or delay the closing of the proposed transaction or otherwise negatively impact our business and operations; (2) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economy (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) changes in state and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies concerning Busey’s general business (including changes in response to the failures of other banks or as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election); (5) changes in accounting policies and practices; (6) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (7) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (8) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (9) the loss of key executives or associates; (10) changes in consumer spending; (11) unexpected results of other transactions (including the acquisition of M&M); (12) unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation, investigations, or inquiries involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (13) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio; (14) concentrations within Busey’s loan portfolio (including commercial real estate loans), large loans to certain borrowers, and large deposits from certain clients; (15) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (16) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (17) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (18) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; and (19) the economic impact of exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

    Busey has filed a registration statement on Form S‑4 with the SEC to register the shares of Busey’s common stock that will be issued to CrossFirst stockholders in connection with the proposed transaction. The registration statement includes a preliminary joint proxy statement of Busey and CrossFirst, which also constitutes a prospectus of Busey. The definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus will be sent to the stockholders of each of Busey and CrossFirst seeking certain approvals related to the proposed transaction. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BUSEY AND CROSSFIRST AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS TO BE INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S‑4 WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUSEY, CROSSFIRST, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION. Investors and security holders may obtain a free copies of these documents, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Busey and CrossFirst, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Busey will be made available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of Busey’s website, https://ir.busey.com. Copies of documents filed with the SEC by CrossFirst will be made available free of charge in the “Investor Relations” section of CrossFirst’s website, https://investors.crossfirstbankshares.com.

    PARTICIPANTS IN SOLICITATION

    Busey, CrossFirst, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Busey’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 12, 2024, and certain other documents filed by Busey with the SEC. Information regarding CrossFirst’s directors and executive officers is available in its definitive proxy statement, which was filed with the SEC on March 26, 2024, and certain other documents filed by CrossFirst with the SEC. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the proposed transaction and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the joint proxy statement/prospectus and other relevant materials filed or to be filed with the SEC when they become available. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    END NOTES

    1 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    2 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand FDIC insurance limit, less intercompany accounts and collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits).
    3 Central Business District areas within Busey’s footprint include downtown St. Louis, downtown Indianapolis, and downtown Chicago.
    4 Capital amounts and ratios for the third quarter of 2024 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PIMCO Canada Corp. Announces Monthly Distributions for PIMCO Canada Closed End Funds

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — PIMCO Canada Corp. (“PIMCO Canada”) is pleased to announce today that it has declared monthly distributions on its Class A Units (the “Units”) of the PIMCO Canada closed end funds (the “Funds”). The distributions will be paid on November 15, 2024 to the holders of record at the close of business on October 31, 2024.

    Details of the distribution amounts are as follow:

    Fund Name Ticker Cash Distribution per Unit Change from Previous Month Percentage Change from Previous Month
    PIMCO Global Income Opportunities Fund PGI.UN $0.05688
    PIMCO Tactical Income Fund PTI.UN $0.05580
    PIMCO Tactical Income Opportunities Fund PTO.UN $0.05709
    PIMCO Multi-Sector Income Fund PIX.UN $0.06538

    Unitholders are reminded that each Fund offers a distribution reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) which will provide unitholders with the ability to automatically reinvest their distributions. Eligible unitholders are encouraged to contact the institution through which they hold their Units to confirm enrollment procedures and timelines. A copy of the DRIP is available at http://www.pimco.ca.

    The Manager, PIMCO Canada, retains Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), to provide investment management services to the Funds.

    About PIMCO

    PIMCO is a global leader in active fixed income with deep expertise across public and private markets. We invest our clients’ capital across a range of fixed income and credit opportunities, drawing upon our decades of experience navigating complex debt markets. Our flexible capital base and deep relationships with issuers have helped us become one of the world’s largest providers of traditional and nontraditional solutions for companies that need financing and investors who seek strong risk-adjusted returns.

    This is not an offer to sell Units and not a solicitation of an offer to buy Units in any region where the offer or sale is not permitted. Before you invest, you should carefully read the Funds’ disclosure documents and consider carefully the risks you assume when you invest in the Units. There can be no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objectives or be able to structure its investment portfolio as anticipated. Copies of the Funds’ disclosure documents may be obtained from your financial advisor.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements included in this news release constitute forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those identified by the expressions “expect”, “intend”, “will” and similar expressions to the extent they relate to the Funds. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts but reflect each Fund, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO’s current expectations regarding future results or events. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations, including, but not limited to, market factors. Although the Funds, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO believes that the assumptions inherent in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and, accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements due to the inherent uncertainty therein. The Funds, PIMCO Canada and/or PIMCO undertakes no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statement or information whether as a result of new information, future events or other factors which affect this information, except as required by law.

    You will usually pay brokerage fees to your dealer if you purchase or sell Units on the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”). If the Units are purchased or sold on the TSX, investors may pay more than the current net asset value when buying Units and may receive less than the current net asset value when selling them. There are ongoing fees and expenses associated with owning Units. An investment fund must prepare disclosure documents that contain key information about the fund. You can find more detailed information about the Funds in these documents. Investment funds are not guaranteed, their values change frequently and past performance may not be repeated.

    Each Fund is a closed-end exchange traded investment fund. The material presented here is only to provide information and is not intended for trading purposes. Closed-end funds, unlike open-end funds, are not continuously offered. After the initial public offering, units are sold on the open market through a stock exchange. Closed-end funds may be leveraged and carry various risks depending upon the underlying assets owned by a fund. Investment policies, management fees and other matters of interest to prospective investors may be found in each closed-end funds annual and semi-annual report. For additional information, please contact your investment professional.

    For a summary of the risks of an investment in each Fund, please see the Funds disclosure documents. Units of closed end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value, which may increase risk of loss. Distributions are not guaranteed and are subject to change and/or elimination.

    PIMCO as a general matter provides services to qualified institutions, financial intermediaries and institutional investors. Individual investors should contact their own financial professional to determine the most appropriate investment options for their financial situation. This material contains the current opinions of the manager and such opinions are subject to change without notice. This material has been distributed for informational purposes only and should not be considered as investment advice or a recommendation of any particular security, strategy or investment product. Information contained herein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but not guaranteed. No part of this material may be reproduced in any form, or referred to in any other publication, without express written permission. PIMCO is a trademark of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC in the United States and throughout the world. ©2024, PIMCO

    The products and services provided by PIMCO Canada Corp. may only be available in certain provinces or territories of Canada and only through dealers authorized for that purpose.

    PIMCO Canada has retained PIMCO as sub-adviser. PIMCO Canada will remain responsible for any loss that arises out of the failure of its sub-adviser.

    PIMCO Canada Corp. 199 Bay Street, Suite 2050, Commerce Court Station, P.O. Box 363, Toronto, ON, M5L 1G2, 416-368-3350

    Contact:
    Agnes Crane
    PIMCO – Media Relations Phone: +212 597.1054

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Governments launch largest review of sector since privatisation

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    The UK and Welsh Governments have introduced major legislation with new powers to bring criminal charges against water executives and a ban on bonuses.

    An Independent Commission into the water sector and its regulation will be launched by the government tomorrow (Wednesday 23 October), in what is expected to form the largest review of the industry since privatisation.   

    The Commission forms the next stage in the Government’s long-term approach to ensuring we have a sufficiently robust and stable regulatory framework to attract the investment needed to clean up our waterways, speed up infrastructure delivery and restore public confidence in the sector. 

    It follows the Government’s inaugural International Investment Summit last week at which the Prime Minister spoke of the need for regulation and regulators to support growth and investment in the UK.  

    Launched by the UK and Welsh governments, the Commission will report back next year with recommendations to the Government on how to tackle inherited systemic issues in the water sector to restore our rivers, lakes and seas to good health, meet the challenges of the future and drive economic growth. 

    These recommendations will form the basis of further legislation to attract long-term investment and clean up our waters for good – injecting billions of pounds into the economy, speeding up delivery on infrastructure to support house building and addressing water scarcity, given the country needs to source an additional 5 billion litres of water a day by 2050.  

    Former Deputy Governor of the Bank of England, Jon Cunliffe, will chair the Commission. With several decades of economic and regulatory experience, his appointment demonstrates the Government’s serious ambitions.  

    The Commission will draw upon a panel of experts from across the regulatory, environment, health, engineering, customer, investor and economic sectors. It forms part of the Government’s reset of the water sector by establishing a new partnership between government, water companies, customers, investors, and all those who enjoy our waters and work to protect our environment.  

    Launching the review, Secretary of State Steve Reed said:    

    Our waterways are polluted and our water system urgently needs fixing.   

    That is why today we have launched a Water Commission to attract the investment we need to clean up our waterways and rebuild our broken water infrastructure.  

    The Commission’s findings will help shape new legislation to reform the water sector so it properly serves the interests of customers and the environment. 

    Water Commission Chair Sir Jon Cunliffe said:  

    I’m honoured to be appointed as chair of the government’s new Water Commission. It is vital we deliver a better system to attract stable investment and speed up the building of water infrastructure.

    Working over many years in the public sector, in environment, transport and the Treasury, and the Bank of England, I have seen how the regulation of private firms can be fundamental to incentivising performance and innovation, securing resilience and delivering public policy objectives.  

    I am looking forward to working with experts from across the water sector, from environment and customer groups and investors, to help deliver a water sector that works successfully for both customers, investors and our natural environment.

    Huw Irranca Davies, Wales’ Deputy First Minister with responsibility for Climate Change and Rural Affairs, added:  

    This vital review couldn’t come at a more urgent time for our water environment and water industry.      

    This shows the fresh approach of our two governments working together on an issue which affects us all as consumers, investors and as stewards of the natural world.   

    Both the Welsh and UK Governments are determined to improve water quality and the resilience of the water sector for future generations. We have clear priorities for reform and a shared sense of the work needed across both countries’ policy and regulatory regimes to make this change happen.

    A set of recommendations will be delivered to the Defra Secretary of State, and Deputy First Minister and Cabinet Secretary for Climate Change and Rural Affairs next year. The UK Government and Welsh Government will then respond with the proposals they intend to take forward.  

    The objectives of the Commission are to recommend measures to ensure the regulatory system delivers:  

    • Clear Vision: Establishing clear outcomes for the future and a long-term vision for delivering environmental, public health, customer, and economic outcomes.  

    • Strategic Planning: Adopting a collaborative, strategic, catchment approach to managing water, tackling pollution and restoring nature.  

    • Better Regulation: Rationalising and clarifying requirements for companies to secure better customer and environmental outcomes. 

    • Empowered Regulators: Ensuring regulators are effective in holding water companies accountable, for example for illegal pollution.    

    • Improved Delivery: Enhancing the sector’s ability to meet obligations, including clean rivers, lakes, and seas, while driving innovation. 

    • Stable Framework: Ensuring a regulatory environment that attracts investment and supports financial resilience for water companies.  

    • Consumer Protection: Safeguarding consumer interests and affordability through transparent and fair governance.  

    • Resilient Infrastructure: Delivering and maintaining robust infrastructure on time, anticipating future needs and climate challenges.   

    The independent commission is the third stage of the government’s water strategy. In his first week in office, the Secretary of State secured an agreement from water companies and Ofwat to ringfence money for vital infrastructure upgrades so it cannot be diverted to shareholder payouts and bonus payments.   

    In just 70 days, the Government also introduced the Water (Special Measures) Bill, which sets out tough new measures to crack down on water companies failing their customers. This includes:    

    • Bringing criminal charges against persistent lawbreakers, including imprisonment.  

    • Strengthening regulation to ensure water bosses face personal criminal liability for lawbreaking.  

    • Giving the water regulator new powers to ban the payment of bonuses if environmental standards are not met.  

    • Boost accountability for water executives through a new ‘code of conduct’ for water companies, so customers can summon board members and hold executives to account.  

    • Introduce new powers to bring automatic and severe fines.  

    • Require water companies to install real-time monitors at every sewage outlet with data independently scrutinised by the water regulators.  

    In addition, the cost recovery powers of regulators will be expanded to ensure that water companies bear the cost of enforcement action taken in response to their failings. The Environment Agency will undertake a consultation on the implementation of these new powers.

    Further quotes

    Jon Phillips, Chief Executive of the Global Infrastructure Investor Association said:

    The Secretary of State should be congratulated for acting swiftly to put in place this much needed review and reset of the water sector. No parties involved in the sector can be happy with the current arrangements, and that includes investors whose capital is vital to addressing current and future environmental challenges.

    The government has heard loud and clear that the sector needs both a long-term plan and a regulatory framework that places greater emphasis on attracting investment. We look forward to the opportunity to support the Commission’s work and hope that its findings can be put into practice at the earliest opportunity.

    Gail Davies-Walsh, CEO of Afonydd Cymru, said:

    This independent review of Welsh and English water companies is very welcome news and something that we hope will ultimately result in a much needed boost for river health.

    We would like to understand how long-term water company investment can be secured to deliver the environmental performance that we need.

    Afonydd Cymru welcome the collaboration of Welsh Government and the UK Government on this matter, particularly given the current cross-border management issues that hinder river restoration efforts.

    Richard Benwell, CEO of Wildlife and Countryside Link, said:

    The water sector is a perfect example of where stronger, better enforced regulation can drive up investment and drive down pollution.

    We welcome this significant review as the next step in Defra’s work to clean up our water environment. We’ll be looking for strong new rules that tie the industry into environmental investment and improve the way that money is spent in every river catchment to deliver quick, clean results for nature and communities.

    Jamie Cook, CEO of Angling Trust, said:

    The Angling Community has been calling for a root and branch review of Britain’s failing water sector, so we are pleased the Government has moved swiftly to set up an independent commission to deliver this.

    However, there is inevitably going to be a difficult balancing act between economic, consumer and environmental priorities that this review will need to address. We are pleased the views of water users, like the two million anglers, are going to be a key part of this review. 

    The Angling Trust is committed to working with the commission to ensure the health of our rivers, lakes and seas remains front and centre of its work.

    Mark Lloyd, CEO of Rivers Trust, said:

    35 years after water privatisation, this review is long overdue, which makes it even more welcome.  Our rivers have been flatlining for far too long, alongside the failure of our current systems to manage ageing infrastructure and population increase they face huge strategic challenges from climate change and biodiversity decline.

    Incremental policy tweaks will not fix our water system, and the review must look beyond the water industry to include land and water management in both urban and rural areas.  There needs to be much more focus on delivery of cost-effective solutions, through an integrated systems approach. 

    We will be keeping a close eye on the work of the commission to ensure it considers land use, nature, drought, flood and pollution in concert, because they are all intrinsically linked.  We look forward to working closely with Sir Jon Cunliffe and his team on a new system.

    Nicci Russell, CEO of Waterwise, said:

    We welcome this review, its wide scope and the collaborative way the government is approaching it. We agree with the government that now is the time for a reset in the water sector – nothing happens without water, so access to water needs to be at the heart of everything the government does.

    We will aim to put water efficiency at the heart of the Commission’s work, and look forward to working with Sir Jon and his team of experts to do this. The first objective in our Water Efficiency Strategy to 2030 is that governments and regulators show clear, visible leadership for water efficiency and reflect this in their policy and regulatory frameworks. 

    We are also delighted to see that Ministers are placing environmental and social outcomes as equally important to economic ones – because nothing happens without water. This is a great opportunity for the water sector to play a part in the Government’s mission of national renewal – not just in delivering a vital public service, but also in playing a proactive role to ensure a just society and a strong economy.

    Joan Edwards, Director Policy and Public Affairs at The Wildlife Trusts, said:

    This review comes not a moment too soon, given the precarious and polluted state of our waters, and the looming threat of future water shortages.

    It’s crucial that regulation drives companies to invest in the solutions that can best deliver improvements for nature at the same time as limiting bill increases.

    We look forward to supporting the Commission’s work by feeding in on the importance of a healthy environment and the changes needed to get us there.

    Updates to this page

    Published 22 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Note to Correspondents: Joint communiqué of the 8th AU-UN Annual Conference

    Source: United Nations secretary general

    1. On 21 October 2024, the African Union Commission Chairperson, Moussa Faki Mahamat and the United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres convened the Eighth African Union-United Nations Annual Conference in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. They noted with deep concern the current state of peace and security globally, including armed conflicts and humanitarian crises, and in some cases profound disregard for international law and the shared principles of the two organizations.

    2. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General reviewed progress in the implementation of the “Joint UN-AU Framework for Enhanced Partnership in Peace and Security,” the “AU-UN Framework for the Implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development,” and the “AU-UN Joint Framework on Human Rights.” They welcomed the progress made in the implementation of the three joint frameworks.

    3. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the convening of the HighLevel Strategic Dialogue on Sustainable Development co-chaired by the Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations and the Deputy Chairperson of the African Union Commission, which seeks to advance strategic coordination and alignment within the context of the African Union-United Nations Framework for the Implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. They reiterated their commitment to deliver socio-economic development and prosperity in line with the AU Agenda 2063 and UN 2030 Agenda. They welcomed the formulation of the Second Ten-Year Implementation Plan of Agenda 2063 and emphasized the need for the timely and effective implementation of the Plan, as well as a stronger working relationship between the AU and the UN at the continental, regional and national level in its realization towards Africa’s accelerated socio-economic transformation and development. In this regard, they saluted the decision of the AU-UN High-level Strategic Dialogue to engage the African Women Leaders Network to support the mainstreaming of gender throughout the AU-UN strategic coordination process. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the progress made, and called for the full operationalization of mechanisms of the five thematic ‘college–to–college’ formations.

    4. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General noted their concern that the absence of fiscal space in African countries to invest in sustainable development continues to undermine progress in the implementation of Agenda 2063 and the 2030 Agenda and called on Member States to approach the 4th International Conference on Financing for Development with the level of ambition needed to achieve transformative results. They reaffirmed the commitment of the African Union and the United Nations to jointly advocate for urgent measures to generate fiscal space, such as the SDG Stimulus and the reform of the international financial architecture. They reaffirmed the readiness of the two organizations to jointly support African Member States in strengthening their domestic resource mobilization systems to ensure the long-term sustainability of financing for development, including the Global Africa Business Initiative (GABI) convened by the UN Global Compact in collaboration with UN partner agencies.

    5. The Annual Conference welcomed the African Union’s membership of the G20 and the commitment of the United Nations to work with and support the African Union in ensuring that Africa’s needs, interests and priorities are well articulated and take the center-stage in the processes, agenda, deliberations and outcomes of the G20 meetings.

    6. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the adoption by the United Nations General Assembly of the Pact for the Future, the Global Digital Compact and the Declaration on Future Generations on 22 September, noting that they open pathways to new possibilities and opportunities towards a more effective, inclusive, networked multilateral system that is better equipped to effectively respond to today’s and tomorrow’s political, economic, environmental and technological challenges. They called for urgent and concerted action to implement all agreed commitments.

    7. The Annual Conference underscored the primacy of political solutions and the need to strengthen the capacities of both organizations in preventive diplomacy and mediation. The Annual Conference emphasized the imperative to prioritize good offices missions, and further strengthen collaboration between Africa Union and United Nations Special Representatives and Envoys deployed in various parts of the continent.

    8. The Annual Conference welcomed the ongoing initiatives in promoting the Women Peace and Security and the Youth Peace and Security agendas, as well as protection of children in conflict situations. They reiterated the importance of consolidating and building on the gains made in promoting inclusive political processes through effective engagement and participation of women and the youth in peace processes at the technical, operational, decision-making and policymaking levels.

    9. The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the ongoing elaboration of the Common African Position on Climate, Peace and Security, which would represent not only a global precedent, but also an important step for mitigation and adaptation strategies on the continent. They underscored the importance of the Common African Position both as a means of underscoring the effects of climate change on Africa’s peace, security, and development efforts, and as a means to strengthen Africa’s calls for support in its sustainable development and for equity in the name of climate justice. In particular, the Annual Conference highlighted the risks posed by the aggravating water crisis across the continent, and called for greater collaboration between the AU and the UN to overcome the crisis. The Annual Conference also looked forward to the outcome of the Ninth Session of the Africa Regional Platform and the High-Level Meeting on Disaster Risk Reduction, scheduled for the 21-24 October in Namibia, and in this context called for the accelerated development of early warning systems, to attain the goal of universal coverage by 2027.

    10.The Chairperson and the Secretary-General welcomed the adoption of United Nations Security Council resolution 2719 (2023) which represents a significant milestone toward ensuring adequate, predictable and sustainable funding for African Union-led peace support operations. They further recognized that the resolution provides opportunities to strengthen the partnership between the two organizations in peace and security under Chapter VIII of the Charter of the United Nations, whilst ensuring that peace operations in general adapt to present day realities. The Annual Conference endorsed the joint AU-UN roadmap on the operationalization of resolution 2719 (2023). The Annual Conference reaffirmed the preservation of the comparative advantages and complementarity of the African Union and the United Nations, based on their respective mandates, principles and shared objectives. It underscored the importance of the implementation of the resolution, whilst maintaining an integrated approach in addressing conflict situations comprehensively, by ensuring that capacities, systems, procedures and processes, as well as joint accountability and institutional readiness continue to be strengthened for the delivery and sustainment of African Union-led peace support operations deployed under resolution 2719 (2023).

    11.The Annual Conference expressed grave concern about the stalled political transition processes in Burkina Faso, Gabon, Guinea, Mali, Niger and Sudan, and called for the timely and peaceful return to constitutional order in these countries. The Annual Conference also noted with concern the heightened instability and insecurity, as well as the shrinking civic space in the affected States. The Annual Conference recognized the importance of dialogue and collaboration between affected States and sub-regional, continental, and global organizations in addressing the political, peace, security, development and human rights challenges.

    12.The Chairperson and the Secretary-General considered the final report of the High-Level Independent Panel on Security and Development in the Sahel presented by the Chair of the Panel, former President of the Republic of Niger Mahamadou Issoufou, and agreed to jointly take forward key recommendations through their respective organs and institutional mechanisms. The Annual Conference reaffirmed the commitment of the African Union and the United Nations to enhance their support in advancing democratic transitions in West Africa and the Sahel, working closely with the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS).

    13.On Libya, the Annual Conference welcomed efforts by the United Nations to foster inclusive political dialogue, including recent progress on the governance of the Central Bank. It took note of the persistent political stalemate and entrenched divisions in Libya, which continue to pose challenges for efforts to reunite the country and organize credible presidential and parliamentary elections to put in place unified, representative and legitimate Libyan institutions. The Annual Conference stressed that Libya’s sustainable peace and stability will only be realized through inclusive processes that will bring about legitimate governance and institutions; and in that regard, collective efforts, including of neighbors and international partners, must focus on supporting and encouraging the main Libyan leaders to take ownership of the political process, set aside personal interests and strive to reach political consensus in support for national reconciliation and the conduct of elections without further delays. The Conference expresses full support for the continued engagement of the African Union to promote national reconciliation through the adoption of the Charter on National Reconciliation.

    14.The Annual Conference observed that geopolitical dynamics in the Horn of Africa are becoming increasingly fragile and therefore noted the need for ever more coordinated preventive action and messaging by both organizations and partners on de-escalation and constructive engagement. On Somalia, the Annual Conference reiterated their close collaboration, including on the implementation of Security Council resolution 2748 (2024) to finalize the mission implementation plan for the PSC endorsed African Union Stabilization and Support Mission in Somalia. It also reaffirmed the importance of sustained and full implementation of the Cessation of Hostilities Agreement in Tigray, Ethiopia. On South Sudan, the Annual Conference agreed to enhance coordination of regional and international support for the process led by the Intergovernmental Authority on Development and called on the Transitional Government to sustain momentum in discussions on an agreed updated roadmap and timeline and advance the implementation of the Revitalized Agreement. On Sudan, the Annual Conference expressed grave concerned about the further escalation of fighting between the Sudanese Armed Forces and the Rapid Support Forces. They urged the parties to immediately engage in genuine dialogue to reach a permanent ceasefire, while stressing that the protection of civilians should be guaranteed at all times and unhindered and sustained humanitarian access should be ensured. The African Union and the United Nations strongly condemned external interference in Sudan and urged these actors to stop the flow of arms in Sudan, which continues to fuel the conflict. They welcomed the efforts spearheaded by the African Union and the Intergovernmental Authority on Development to support the transition to a fully democratic government that fulfils the aspirations of the Sudanese people. The Annual Conference also encouraged the good offices of the Personal Envoy of the Secretary-General on Sudan and AU High-Level Panel on Sudan and called for strengthened diplomatic push underpinned by the coordination and complementarity of initiatives. They welcomed the establishment of the PSC Presidential Ad Hoc Committee on Sudan, and reaffirmed their commitment to support the Committee in executing its mandate.

    15.On the Great Lakes region, the Annual Conference welcomed the 4 August ceasefire between the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) and Rwanda, which has contributed to a reduction in hostilities in the North Kivu province of the DRC, while expressing concern about the humanitarian situation in North Kivu and Ituri, where armed groups activities continue to affect civilians and impede activities of humanitarian workers. The Annual Conference commended African Union mediator President João Lourenço of Angola for his steadfast efforts through the Luanda process, and the efforts deployed under the auspices of the East African Community (EAC) and the Southern African Development Community (SADC), including the deployment of the SADC Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (SAMIDRC), aimed at restoring peace and security in the eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo. The Annual Conference stressed that attaining sustainable peace calls for addressing the root causes, including through full implementation of the Peace, Security and Cooperation Framework for the Democratic Republic of the Congo and the region, and in that regard, called for enhanced coordination of regional peace initiatives, including through the Quadripartite Process facilitated by the African Union.

    16.The Annual Conference took note of the expiry of the terms of office of the African Union Commission Chairperson, Deputy Chairperson and Commissioners in early 2025. The Secretary-General took the opportunity to commend the African Union Commission leadership for the commitment and support to the partnership during their terms of office. He paid special tribute to Chairperson Moussa Faki Mahamat for his leadership of the African Union Commission over the last eight years.

    17.The Chairperson and Secretary-General agreed to convene the Ninth African Union – United Nations Annual Conference in 2025 in New York at a mutually convenient date.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    Source: US Federal Emergency Management Agency

    Headline: Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    Workshop to Offer Guidance on How to Open Business Claims for the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire

    SANTA FE, NM – Business owners impacted by the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Fire and subsequent flooding can receive tips at an Oct. 23 workshop on how to open a claim, learn more about what qualifies for compensation and begin the claims process on the spot. The Advocate team at the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Claims Office is partnering with the Las Vegas Chamber of Commerce and the U.S. Small Business Administration to offer guidance to affected businesses on the best way to start a claim before the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline. The workshop will be 2 p.m. – 7 p.m., Oct. 23 at Highlands University’s Student Union Building, third floor, in Las Vegas, N.M. There will be information booths and presentations on what’s required for businesses to receive compensation and what resources are available to impacted businesses. To-date the Claims Office has paid more than $214 million to business owners and is bringing the Claims Office’s business team to the community to continue to share vital information to owners as they navigate the claims process. Claims Office business team members will be onsite to assist those who want to file a Notice of Loss (NOL), which is the first step in starting a claim.“Businesses are the backbone of communities and provide jobs and essential services, which is why the Advocate Team is committed to helping eligible businesses start their claims before the deadline,” said Paula Gutierrez, the Claims Office Advocate Branch Chief. “This workshop is one way to maximize the resources that are available to business owners to address their needs, as they navigate the claims process before the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline.”Business owners who aim to submit an NOL at the workshop should bring the following:  Tax returns and profit/loss statements for 2021 and 2022Articles of incorporation or organizationCompleted W-9Copy of the IRS letter with your name and Employer Identification NumberInventory and equipment list before and after the fire and flooding. Photos of damaged propertyA document showing estimated cost of damage or losses; that could be an invoice, receipt or purchase order of repairs and costs to replace equipment and inventory.  The workshop will offer instruction on business impacts that qualify for compensation, such as increased costs, temporary interruption or closure, loss of natural resources, canceled contracts and staff who were paid after operations shut down. Representatives from the Small Business Administration New Mexico District Office, the New Mexico Minority Business Development Agency, New Mexico Small Business Assistance Program (Los Alamos National Laboratory), New Mexico Occupational Health & Safety Bureau and the City of Las Vegas Community Development Department will be onsite to share resources and answer questions.The Claims Office is committed to meeting the needs of people impacted by the fire and subsequent flooding by providing full compensation available under the law as expeditiously as possible. So far, it has paid more than $1.4 billion to claimants. As we continue to approach the Dec. 20, 2024, deadline, we continue to observe an increase in claim submissions, that may result in temporary longer wait times that often prevent same-day issuance of Letters of Determination for claims. We are actively working to reduce wait times and shorten processing times of claims. Claims Office compensation is not taxable. Receiving payment from the Claims Office will not affect eligibility for government assistance programs. Contact a tax professional for specific tax-related questions. Questions and concerns can also be addressed by calling your claim navigator or the Helpline at 505-995-7133.For information and updates regarding the Claims Office, please visit the Hermit’s Peak/Calf Canyon Claims Office website at fema.gov/hermits-peak. For information in Spanish, visit fema.gov/es/hermits-peak. You can also follow our Facebook page and turn notifications on to stay up to date about the claims process, upcoming deadlines and other program announcements at facebook.com/HermitsPeakCalfCanyonClaimsOffice. 
    erika.suzuki
    Tue, 10/22/2024 – 20:37

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Former Montgomery County Restaurant Owner Sentenced to 21 Months’ Imprisonment for PPP and RRF Loan Fraud

    Source: Office of United States Attorneys

    PHILADELPHIA – United States Attorney Jacqueline C. Romero announced that Giuseppina “Josephine” Leone, 62, of North Wales, Pennsylvania, was sentenced today by United States District Court Judge Gerald A. McHugh to 21 months in prison, one year of supervised release, a $50,000 fine and $300 special assessment for pandemic program fraud. The Court denied the defendant’s request for a non-custodial sentence. The defendant has also paid full restitution in the amount of $972,861.75.

    Leone was charged by indictment on May 16, 2024, with three counts of wire fraud for making false representations in documents relating to the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and Restaurant Revitalization Fund (“RRF”) program, which provided emergency financial assistance to business owners suffering the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. She pleaded guilty to those charges on May 23.

    Leone and her husband were owners of Ristorante San Marco (“RSM”), an Italian restaurant located in Ambler, Pa. Leone and her husband executed an Agreement for Sale of Real Property dated October 20, 2019, listing themselves as the “Sellers” of the RSM property and a third party as the “Buyer” for a purchase price of $1,575,000. Subsequently, on or about March 18, 2020, Leone posted on the restaurant’s Facebook page informing the public that RSM would be temporarily closed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. RSM remained closed and never reopened.

    Despite the restaurant not being in operation in April 2020, Leone submitted a fraudulent application for a PPP loan in the amount of $138,000. This application misrepresented that RSM, which had been closed for approximately a month, had 17 employees, and would use the loan for payroll and other operating expenses. The fraudulent application was approved, and the loan funds were deposited into RSM’s bank account later that month. The loan was subsequently forgiven based on further misrepresentations by Leone.

    In January 2021, while the restaurant was still not in operation, Leone submitted another fraudulent application for a PPP loan, this time seeking $120,000. The application made similar misrepresentations and was approved, resulting in the requested funds being deposited into RSM’s bank account in February 2021. Again, the PPP loan was forgiven due to misrepresentations by Leone.

    Finally, Leone defrauded another COVID-19 relief program. While RSM was still not in operation in May 2021, Leone submitted a fraudulent application for a grant under the RRF program, requesting $699,196 for restaurant operations. This RRF application mispresented that RSM, which had not been operating since March 2020, was in operation and that the money would be used to pay employee wages. As a result of this deception, the request was approved, and the funds were deposited into RSM’s bank account later in May 2021. One month later, in June 2021, Leone closed on the sale of RSM. Nonetheless, over a year later, Leone misrepresented to the federal government that the RRF funds had been used for eligible purposes, even though RSM was never reopened by Leone.

    “PPP and the other covid relief programs were meant to provide emergency aid to businesses and employees financially flattened by the pandemic,” said U.S. Attorney Romero. “My office and our partners won’t stand for opportunists like Mrs. Leone thinking they can defraud the federal government, pocket taxpayers’ money, and get away with it. We’ll continue to aggressively pursue and prosecute anyone foolish enough to do so.”

    The case was investigated by the Small Business Administration Office of Inspector General, the FBI, and Homeland Security Investigations, and is being prosecuted by Assistant United States Attorney Angella Middleton.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI USA: Senator Wicker Statement on Gulf Coast Passenger Service Grant Approval

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Mississippi Roger Wicker

    WASHINGTON – Today, an agreement was reached among stakeholders on the Consolidated Rail Infrastructure and Safety Improvements (CRISI) Grant which will provide crucial funding to restore passenger rail service along the Mississippi Gulf Coast. The $178,435,333 grant was previously awarded by the Federal Railroad Administration.

    U.S. Senator Roger Wicker, R-Miss., has used his position as Chairman and Ranking Member of the U.S. Senate Commerce Committee to restore the return of passenger rail to the Gulf Coast for the first time since Hurricane Katrina. While serving as chairman, he helped negotiate the infrastructure bill which is the origin of the CRISI Grant.

    Senator Wicker released the following statement:

    “I appreciate the partnership shared by local and state government officials and the freight rail companies, CSX, and Norfolk Southern. This service will provide economic opportunities to the Gulf Coast Region and provide an alternative way to move people safely. Years of hard work and cooperation have brought us to this important moment,” Senator Wicker said.

    Scheduled to resume in 2025, the services are expected to provide economic growth opportunities, boost tourism, and reduce traffic on our roadways. Two trains will run roundtrip from New Orleans to Mobile with stops in Bay St. Louis, Gulfport, Biloxi, and Pascagoula.

    A groundbreaking ceremony was held today in Mobile for the layover track, where a train is stored when not in use. That piece of the project had been one of the remaining hurdles to restoring the route.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Congresswoman Sylvia Garcia Statement on the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s Rule to Boost Consumer Rights and Privacy

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Sylvia Garcia (TX-29)

    Houston, TX – Congresswoman Sylvia R. Garcia (D-TX-29) issued the following statement in response to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s final rule implementing Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010:

    “I’m pleased the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is taking this critical step to strengthen consumer rights, privacy, and competition in the financial services industry. By giving Americans greater control over their personal data, this new rule empowers consumers to switch to better providers without facing unnecessary barriers and fees. This will allow families to make better financial choices. 

    “But we must do more to include those who have been historically shut out of the banking system. Our most vulnerable communities, including those who rely on Electronic Benefits Transfer cards to access nutritional assistance, deserve the same protections. Expanding this rule to include Electronic Benefits Transfer card users would ensure that everyone, regardless of their financial situation, benefits from these safeguards. I urge the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau to work with all appropriate agencies to expand these protections.”

    The rule requires financial institutions, credit card issuers, and other financial providers to unlock an individual’s personal financial data and transfer it to another provider at the consumer’s request for free. Consumers will be able to more easily switch to providers with superior rates and services. By fueling competition and consumer choice, the rule will help lower prices on loans and improve customer service across payments, credit, and banking markets.

    Today’s rule ensures consumers will be able to access and share data associated with bank accounts, credit cards, mobile wallets, payment apps, and other financial products. It aims to address market concentration that limits consumer choice over financial products and services. Consumers will be able to access, or authorize a third party to access, data such as transaction information, account balance information, information needed to initiate payments, upcoming bill information, and basic account verification information. Financial providers must make this information available without charging fees.

    The rule also establishes strong privacy protections, requiring that personal financial data can only be used for the purposes requested by the consumer. It ensures that third parties cannot use consumer data for other purposes that benefit the third party, but that consumers do not want. It also helps move the industry away from “screen scraping,” a still common but risky practice that typically involves consumers providing their account passwords to third parties who use them to access data indiscriminately through online banking portals.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: NZ joins UK initiative for AI safety

    Source: New Zealand Government

    The Government is joining the UK’s Bletchley Declaration on Artificial Intelligence (AI) Safety, Minister of Science, Innovation and Technology, and for Digitising Government Judith Collins says.

    “AI used responsibly can be a game changer for New Zealand, supporting productivity, innovation, and economic development,” Ms Collins says

    “The UK’s Bletchley Declaration is an important international agreement which affirms the potential that AI offers for society and for economies. To achieve this, AI must be designed, developed, deployed and used responsibly and safely, and in a manner that is people-focused and can be trusted. 

    “In May we signed the Seoul Ministerial Statement for Advancing AI Safety which, coupled with the Bletchley Declaration and Cabinet’s confirmed approach to AI being in accordance with the OECD’s AI Principles, solidifies our focus on the responsible use of AI.   

    “Important safety standards and pressure will be applied on the international stage, and New Zealand is proud to be part of global efforts towards responsible AI.” 

    The Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment has developed an initial cross-portfolio which focuses on policy changes, while the Department of Internal Affairs’ Government Chief Digital Officer is leading work to support public sector agencies to explore safe use of AI for efficiency and service delivery improvements.  

    “The Government will next year consult publicly on a national AI strategy to encourage greater use of AI to deliver better results for New Zealanders,” Ms Collins says.

    “I am confident that all the work under way will form a coherent approach to AI in New Zealand – delivering greater productivity, innovation and growing New Zealand’s economy to benefit all New Zealanders,” Ms Collins says.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Time’s Running Out! Louisiana Non-Profits: SBA Deadline for Hurricane Francine Property Damage Aid Nears

    Source: United States Small Business Administration

    “As communities across the Southeast continue to recover and rebuild after Hurricanes Helene and Milton, the SBA remains focused on its mission to provide support to small businesses to help stabilize local economies, even in the face of diminished disaster funding,” said Administrator Isabel Casillas Guzman. “If your business has sustained physical damage, or you’ve lost inventory, equipment or revenues, the SBA will help you navigate the resources available and work with you at our recovery centers or with our customer service specialists, in person and online, so you can fully submit your disaster loan application and be ready to receive financial relief as soon as funds are replenished.” 

    SACRAMENTO, Calif. – Francisco Sánchez Jr., associate administrator for the Office of Disaster Recovery and Resilience at the Small Business Administration, today reminded Louisiana private nonprofit organizations of the Nov. 22, deadline to apply for an SBA federal disaster loan for property damage caused by Hurricane Francine that occurred Sept. 9-12. Private nonprofits that provide essential services of a governmental nature are eligible for assistance.

    According to Sánchez, eligible private nonprofits of any size may apply for SBA federal disaster loans of up to $2 million to repair or replace damaged or destroyed real estate, machinery and equipment, inventory and other business assets.

    In addition, SBA offers Economic Injury Disaster Loans to help eligible private nonprofits meet working capital needs caused by the disaster. Economic Injury Disaster Loans may be used to pay fixed debts, payroll, accounts payable and other bills that cannot be paid because of the disaster’s impact. Economic injury assistance is available regardless of whether the private nonprofit suffered any property damage. Private nonprofits have until June 23, 2025, to apply for an SBA Economic Injury Disaster Loan.

    “SBA’s disaster loan program offers an important advantage–the chance to incorporate measures that can reduce the risk of future damage,” Sánchez continued. “Work with contractors and mitigation professionals to strengthen your property and take advantage of the opportunity to request additional SBA disaster loan funds for these proactive improvements.”

    These low-interest federal disaster loans are available in Ascension, Assumption, East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana, Iberville, Jefferson, Lafourche, Livingston, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. Helena, St. Martin, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Terrebonne, Washington and West Feliciana parishes.

    The interest rate is 3.25 percent with terms up to 30 years. Loan amounts and terms are set by SBA and based on each applicant’s financial condition.

    Interest does not begin to accrue until 12 months from the date of the first disaster loan disbursement. SBA disaster loan repayment begins 12 months from the date of the first disbursement.

    On October 15, 2024, it was announced that funds for the Disaster Loan Program have been fully expended. While no new loans can be issued until Congress appropriates additional funding, we remain committed to supporting disaster survivors. Applications will continue to be accepted and processed to ensure individuals and businesses are prepared to receive assistance once funding becomes available.

    Applicants are encouraged to submit their loan applications promptly for review in anticipation of future funding.

    Applicants may apply online and receive additional disaster assistance information at SBA.gov/disaster. Applicants may also call SBA’s Customer Service Center at (800) 659-2955 or email disastercustomerservice@sba.gov for more information on SBA disaster assistance. For people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.

    ###

    About the U.S. Small Business Administration
    The U.S. Small Business Administration helps power the American dream of business ownership. As the only go-to resource and voice for small businesses backed by the strength of the federal government, the SBA empowers entrepreneurs and small business owners with the resources and support they need to start, grow, expand their businesses, or recover from a declared disaster. It delivers services through an extensive network of SBA field offices and partnerships with public and private organizations. To learn more, visit http://www.sba.gov.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Announces Third Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOWELL, Mass., Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: EBTC), parent of Enterprise Bank, announced its financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2024. Net income amounted to $10.0 million, or $0.80 per diluted common share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $9.5 million, or $0.77 per diluted common share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and $9.7 million, or $0.79 per diluted common share, for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Selected financial results at or for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to June 30, 2024 were as follows:

    • The returns on average assets and average equity were 0.82% and 11.20%, respectively.
    • Tax-equivalent net interest margin (non-GAAP) (“net interest margin”) was 3.22%, an increase of 3 basis points.
    • Total loans amounted to $3.86 billion, an increase of 2.4%.
    • Total deposits amounted to $4.19 billion, a decrease of 1.4%.
    • Wealth assets under management and administration amounted to $1.51 billion, an increase of 8.5%.

    Chief Executive Officer Steven Larochelle commented, “Our team continued to deliver strong results in the third quarter. Loan growth was 2.4% for the quarter and 13.4% over the past twelve months. Customer deposits, which were down slightly during the quarter, have increased 5.3% in 2024 and 3.2% over the last twelve months. We continue to be primarily core funded and had no brokered deposits at September 30, 2024. Total borrowings were down $1.8 million compared to June 30, 2024, and amounted to only $59.9 million, or 1.3% of total assets. Higher deposit costs and the inverted yield curve continued to be a headwind, but net interest margin increased to 3.22% in the third quarter of 2024 from 3.19% in the prior quarter and benefited by 2 basis points from a large seasonal deposit.”

    Mr. Larochelle continued, “We remain committed to our long-term strategy of geographic expansion and customer acquisition through organic growth and investment in our team members, communities, products and technology. We are well positioned with a strong balance sheet, centered around a high-quality loan portfolio and favorable liquidity, core deposit funding and capital, paired with a conservative credit and reserve culture.”

    Executive Chairman & Founder George Duncan stated, “I would like to congratulate Steve, who completed his first quarter as CEO of Enterprise, and the whole team for a very successful quarter. I am particularly impressed that the team has been able to achieve such strong loan and deposit growth while stabilizing our net interest margin and without significant increases in wholesale funding. I firmly believe this is a testament to our relationship based, sales and service culture partnered with our strong commitment to community outreach and involvement.”

    Mr. Duncan added, “On September 5th, we were once again recognized at the Boston Business Journal’s Corporate Citizenship Summit for our significant contributions in employee volunteerism and corporate philanthropy. In particular, I am very proud that we ranked 2nd in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the highest average of volunteer hours per employee.”

    Net Interest Income
    Net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $38.0 million, a decrease of $482 thousand, or 1%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease was due primarily to increases in deposit interest expense of $7.7 million and borrowings interest expense of $646 thousand and a decrease in income on other interest-earning assets of $971 thousand, partially offset by an increase in loan interest income of $9.3 million.

    The increase in interest expense during the period was attributed primarily to an increase in the cost of funds and changes in deposit mix, while the increase in interest income during the period was due primarily to loan growth and higher market interest rates.

    Net Interest Margin
    Net interest margin was 3.22% for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to 3.19% for the three months ended June 30, 2024 and 3.46% for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Asset yields for the third quarter of 2024 were 5.09%, an increase of 8 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2024, due primarily to new loan originations, loans repricing and an increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets, which resulted mainly from deposit inflows during the period. Average total loans increased $105.3 million, or 3%, and average other interest-earning assets increased $57.6 million, or 46%, compared to the second quarter of 2024.

    The cost of funds for the third quarter of 2024 was 1.99%, an increase of 5 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2024. During the third quarter of 2024, average total deposits increased $128.8 million, or 3%, and the cost of deposits increased 6 basis points, compared to the second quarter of 2024. The increase in average total deposits was comprised of increases in average lower-cost checking account balances of $59.4 million, or 3%, which was driven primarily by a large seasonal deposit, and higher-cost savings, money market and certificate of deposit account balances of $69.4 million, or 3%.

    Provision for Credit Losses
    The provision for credit losses for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 are presented below:

        Three months ended   Increase / (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Provision for credit losses on loans – collectively evaluated   $ (663 )   $ (1,518 )   $ 855  
    Provision for credit losses on loans – individually evaluated     2,311       2,512       (201 )
    Provision for credit losses on loans     1,648       994       654  
                 
    Provision for unfunded commitments     (316 )     758       (1,074 )
                 
    Provision for credit losses   $ 1,332     $ 1,752     $ (420 )

    The increase in the provision for credit losses on loans of $654 thousand was due primarily to a net increase in reserves on individually evaluated loans. The increase in reserves on individually evaluated loans for the three months ended September 30, 2024 was driven by one individually evaluated commercial relationship which was downgraded, placed on non-accrual and assigned specific reserves of $3.4 million, partially offset by a reduction of $1.2 million in specific reserves resulting from a commercial relationship that experienced improvement in its collateral valuation during the period. The reduction in the provision for unfunded commitments of $1.1 million was driven primarily by a decrease in off-balance sheet commitments during the period.

    Non-Interest Income
    Non-interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $6.1 million, an increase of $1.7 million compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in non-interest income was due primarily to increases in gains on equity securities, wealth management fees and deposit and interchange fees.

    Non-Interest Expense
    Non-interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024, amounted to $29.4 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 4%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in non-interest expense was due primarily to an increase in salaries and employee benefits expense of $938 thousand, or 5%.

    Balance Sheet
    Total assets amounted to $4.74 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $4.47 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of 6%.

    Total investment securities at fair value amounted to $632.0 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $668.2 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease of 5% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was largely attributable to principal pay-downs, calls and maturities. Unrealized losses on debt securities amounted to $80.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $102.9 million at December 31, 2023, a decrease of 21% that resulted from lower term interest rates.

    Total loans amounted to $3.86 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $3.57 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase of 8% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to increases in commercial real estate and construction loans of $175.2 million and $89.3 million, respectively.

    Total deposits amounted to $4.19 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $3.98 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase of 5% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to increases in money market and certificate of deposit balances of $85.5 million and $153.6 million, respectively.

    Total borrowed funds amounted to $59.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $25.8 million at December 31, 2023. The increase during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 resulted from a term advance in the first quarter of 2024.

    Total shareholders’ equity amounted to $368.1 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $329.1 million at December 31, 2023. The increase of 12% during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due primarily to an increase in retained earnings of $19.1 million and a decrease in the accumulated other comprehensive loss of $17.1 million.

    Credit Quality
    Selected credit quality metrics at September 30, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, were as follows:

    • The ACL for loans amounted to $63.7 million, or 1.65% of total loans, compared to $59.0 million, or 1.65% of total loans.
    • The reserve for unfunded commitments (included in other liabilities) amounted to $4.6 million, compared to $7.1 million.
    • Non-performing loans amounted to $25.9 million, or 0.67% of total loans, compared to $11.4 million, or 0.32% of total loans. The increase in non-performing loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2024 resulted primarily from two individually evaluated commercial construction loans which were placed on non-accrual.

    Net recoveries amounted to $7 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $12 thousand for the three months ended September 30, 2023.

    Wealth Management
    Wealth assets under management and administration, which are not carried as assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $1.51 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $194.9 million, or 15%, compared to December 31, 2023, and resulted primarily from an increase in market values.

    About Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. is a Massachusetts corporation that conducts substantially all its operations through Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, commonly referred to as Enterprise Bank, and has reported 140 consecutive profitable quarters. Enterprise Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and investing in commercial loans and investment securities. Through Enterprise Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial, residential and consumer loan products, deposit products and cash management services, electronic and digital banking options, as well as wealth management, and trust services. The Company’s headquarters and Enterprise Bank’s main office are located at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts. The Company’s primary market area is the Northern Middlesex, Northern Essex, and Northern Worcester counties of Massachusetts and the Southern Hillsborough and Southern Rockingham counties in New Hampshire. Enterprise Bank has 27 full-service branches located in the Massachusetts communities of Acton, Andover, Billerica (2), Chelmsford (2), Dracut, Fitchburg, Lawrence, Leominster, Lexington, Lowell (2), Methuen, North Andover, Tewksbury (2), Tyngsborough and Westford and in the New Hampshire communities of Derry, Hudson, Londonderry, Nashua (2), Pelham, Salem and Windham.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This earnings release contains statements about future events that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be identified by references to a future period or periods or by the use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “assume,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “plan,” and other similar terms or expressions. Forward-looking statements should not be relied on because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of the Company. These risks, uncertainties, and other factors may cause the actual results, performance, and achievements of the Company to be materially different from the anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the impact on us and our customers of a decline in general economic conditions and any regulatory responses thereto; potential recession in the United States and our market areas; the impacts related to or resulting from bank failures and any uncertainty in the banking industry, including the associated impact to the Company and other financial institutions of any regulatory changes or other mitigation efforts taken by government agencies in response thereto; increased competition for deposits and related changes in deposit customer behavior; the impact of changes in market interest rates, whether due to the current elevated interest rate environment or future reductions in interest rates and a resulting decline in net interest income; the resurgence of elevated levels of inflation or inflationary pressures in our market areas and the United States; the uncertain impacts of ongoing quantitative tightening and current and future monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; increases in unemployment rates in the United States and our market areas; declines in commercial real estate values and prices; uncertainty regarding United States fiscal debt, deficit and budget matters; cyber incidents or other failures, disruptions or breaches of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks; severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, geopolitical instability or other external events, including as a result of changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress; competition and market expansion opportunities; changes in non-interest expenditures or in the anticipated benefits of such expenditures; changes in tax laws; the risks related to the development, implementation, use and management of emerging technologies, including artificial intelligence and machine learnings; potential increased regulatory requirements and costs related to the transition and physical impacts of climate change; and current or future litigation, regulatory examinations or other legal and/or regulatory actions. Therefore, the Company can give no assurance that the results contemplated in the forward-looking statements will be realized and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this press release. For more information about these factors, please see our reports filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q on file with the SEC, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Any forward-looking statements contained in this earnings release are made as of the date hereof, and we undertake no duty, and specifically disclaim any duty, to update or revise any such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (unaudited)

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents:            
    Cash and due from banks   $ 60,466     $ 37,443     $ 45,345  
    Interest-earning deposits with banks     28,166       19,149       180,076  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     88,632       56,592       225,421  
    Investments:            
    Debt securities at fair value (amortized cost of $703,311, $763,981 and $806,077, respectively)     622,527       661,113       672,894  
    Equity securities at fair value     9,448       7,058       6,038  
    Total investment securities at fair value     631,975       668,171       678,932  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock     2,482       2,402       2,403  
    Loans held for sale     1,229       200        
    Loans:            
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,567,631       3,404,014  
    Allowance for credit losses     (63,654 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Net loans     3,795,286       3,508,636       3,346,109  
    Premises and equipment, net     43,291       44,931       43,391  
    Lease right-of-use asset     24,291       24,820       24,979  
    Accrued interest receivable     20,529       19,233       18,572  
    Deferred income taxes, net     44,067       49,166       55,080  
    Bank-owned life insurance     66,899       65,455       65,106  
    Prepaid income taxes     4,645       1,589       2,548  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     13,827       19,183       14,177  
    Goodwill     5,656       5,656       5,656  
    Total assets   $ 4,742,809     $ 4,466,034     $ 4,482,374  
    Liabilities and ShareholdersEquity            
    Liabilities            
    Deposits   $ 4,189,461     $ 3,977,521     $ 4,060,403  
    Borrowed funds     59,949       25,768       4,290  
    Subordinated debt     59,736       59,498       59,419  
    Lease liability     24,010       24,441       24,589  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities     32,116       45,011       31,288  
    Accrued interest payable     9,428       4,678       2,686  
    Total liabilities     4,374,700       4,136,917       4,182,675  
    Commitments and Contingencies            
    ShareholdersEquity            
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued                  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 12,428,426, 12,272,674 and 12,256,964 shares issued and outstanding, respectively.     124       123       123  
    Additional paid-in capital     110,110       107,377       106,451  
    Retained earnings     320,497       301,380       296,291  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (62,622 )     (79,763 )     (103,166 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     368,109       329,117       299,699  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 4,742,809     $ 4,466,034     $ 4,482,374  

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (unaudited)

        Three months ended   Nine months ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest and dividend income:                    
    Other interest-earning assets   $         2,497             $         1,697           $         3,468             $         5,366             $         7,593          
    Investment securities             3,835                       3,943                     4,316                       11,812                       14,356          
    Loans and loans held for sale             53,809                       51,224                     44,501                       153,850                       125,855          
    Total interest and dividend income             60,141                       56,864                     52,285                       171,028                       147,804          
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits             20,581                       19,172                     12,889                       57,025                       28,568          
    Borrowed funds             674                       664                     28                       2,032                       70          
    Subordinated debt             866                       867                     866                       2,600                       2,600          
    Total interest expense             22,121                       20,703                     13,783                       61,657                       31,238          
    Net interest income             38,020                       36,161                     38,502                       109,371                       116,566          
    Provision for credit losses             1,332                       137                     1,752                       2,091                       6,756          
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses             36,688                       36,024                     36,750                       107,280                       109,810          
    Non-interest income:                    
    Wealth management fees             2,025                       1,970                     1,673                       5,845                       4,933          
    Deposit and interchange fees             2,282                       2,284                     1,987                       6,635                       6,330          
    Income on bank-owned life insurance, net             518                       503                     327                       1,479                       950          
    Net losses on sales of debt securities             (2 )             —                     —                       (2 )             (2,419 )
    Net gains on sales of loans             57                       44                     14                       123                       34          
    Net gains (losses) on equity securities             604                       101                     (181 )             1,170                       (8 )
    Other income             656                       726                     666                       2,013                       2,242          
    Total non-interest income             6,140                       5,628                     4,486                       17,263                       12,062          
    Non-interest expense:                    
    Salaries and employee benefits             20,097                       19,675                     19,159                       58,948                       53,815          
    Occupancy and equipment expenses             2,438                       2,406                     2,433                       7,303                       7,439          
    Technology and telecommunications expenses             2,618                       2,658                     2,626                       8,021                       7,937          
    Advertising and public relations expenses             559                       674                     592                       1,976                       2,077          
    Audit, legal and other professional fees             569                       711                     735                       2,014                       2,157          
    Deposit insurance premiums             900                       862                     654                       2,621                       1,944          
    Supplies and postage expenses             261                       240                     251                       738                       753          
    Other operating expenses             1,911                       1,803                     1,862                       5,669                       5,853          
    Total non-interest expense             29,353                       29,029                     28,312                       87,290                       81,975          
    Income before income taxes             13,475                       12,623                     12,924                       37,253                       39,897          
    Provision for income taxes             3,488                       3,111                     3,225                       9,247                       9,746          
    Net income   $         9,987             $         9,512           $         9,699             $         28,006             $         30,151          
                         
    Basic earnings per common share   $         0.80             $         0.77           $         0.79             $         2.26             $         2.47          
    Diluted earnings per common share   $         0.80             $         0.77           $         0.79             $         2.26             $         2.46          
                         
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding             12,428,543                       12,389,917                     12,247,892                       12,370,812                       12,210,740          
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding             12,438,160                       12,394,463                     12,264,778                       12,379,390                       12,233,861          

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Ratios
    (unaudited)

        At or for the three months ended
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Balance Sheet Data                    
    Total cash and cash equivalents   $ 88,632     $ 199,719     $ 147,834     $ 56,592     $ 225,421  
    Total investment securities at fair value     631,975       636,838       652,026       668,171       678,932  
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,768,649       3,654,322       3,567,631       3,404,014  
    Allowance for credit losses     (63,654 )     (61,999 )     (60,741 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Total assets     4,742,809       4,773,681       4,624,015       4,466,034       4,482,374  
    Total deposits     4,189,461       4,248,801       4,106,119       3,977,521       4,060,403  
    Borrowed funds     59,949       61,785       63,246       25,768       4,290  
    Subordinated debt     59,736       59,657       59,577       59,498       59,419  
    Total shareholders’ equity     368,109       340,441       333,439       329,117       299,699  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     4,742,809       4,773,681       4,624,015       4,466,034       4,482,374  
                         
    Wealth Management                    
    Wealth assets under management   $ 1,212,076     $ 1,129,147     $ 1,105,036     $ 1,077,761     $ 984,647  
    Wealth assets under administration   $ 302,891     $ 267,529     $ 268,074     $ 242,338     $ 211,046  
                         
    Shareholders’ Equity Ratios                    
    Book value per common share   $ 29.62     $ 27.40     $ 26.94     $ 26.82     $ 24.45  
    Dividends paid per common share   $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
                         
    Regulatory Capital Ratios                    
    Total capital to risk weighted assets     13.07 %     13.07 %     13.20 %     13.12 %     13.45 %
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets(1)     10.36 %     10.34 %     10.43 %     10.34 %     10.61 %
    Tier 1 capital to average assets     8.68 %     8.76 %     8.85 %     8.74 %     8.59 %
                         
    Credit Quality Data                    
    Non-performing loans   $ 25,946     $ 17,731     $ 18,527     $ 11,414     $ 11,656  
    Non-performing loans to total loans     0.67 %     0.47 %     0.51 %     0.32 %     0.34 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets     0.55 %     0.37 %     0.40 %     0.26 %     0.26 %
    ACL for loans to total loans     1.65 %     1.65 %     1.66 %     1.65 %     1.70 %
    Net (recoveries) charge-offs   $ (7 )   $ (130 )   $ 122     $ 15     $ (12 )
                         
    Income Statement Data                    
    Net interest income   $ 38,020     $ 36,161     $ 35,190     $ 36,518     $ 38,502  
    Provision for credit losses     1,332       137       622       2,493       1,752  
    Total non-interest income     6,140       5,628       5,495       5,547       4,486  
    Total non-interest expense     29,353       29,029       28,908       28,224       28,312  
    Income before income taxes     13,475       12,623       11,155       11,348       12,924  
    Provision for income taxes     3,488       3,111       2,648       3,441       3,225  
    Net income   $ 9,987     $ 9,512     $ 8,507     $ 7,907     $ 9,699  
                         
    Income Statement Ratios                    
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.80     $ 0.77     $ 0.69     $ 0.64     $ 0.79  
    Return on average total assets     0.82 %     0.82 %     0.75 %     0.69 %     0.85 %
    Return on average shareholders’ equity     11.20 %     11.55 %     10.47 %     10.21 %     12.53 %
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)(2)     3.22 %     3.19 %     3.20 %     3.29 %     3.46 %

    (1)   Ratio also represents common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets as of the periods presented.
    (2)   Tax-equivalent net interest margin is net interest income adjusted for the tax-equivalent effect associated with tax-exempt loan and investment income, expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Loan and Deposit Data
    (unaudited)

    Major classifications of loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial real estate owner-occupied   $ 660,063     $ 660,478     $ 635,420     $ 619,302     $ 618,903  
    Commercial real estate non owner-occupied     1,579,827       1,544,386       1,524,174       1,445,435       1,413,555  
    Commercial and industrial     415,642       426,976       417,604       430,749       425,334  
    Commercial construction     674,434       622,094       583,711       585,113       501,179  
    Total commercial loans     3,329,966       3,253,934       3,160,909       3,080,599       2,958,971  
                         
    Residential mortgages     424,030       413,323       400,093       393,142       362,514  
    Home equity loans and lines     95,982       93,220       85,144       85,375       74,433  
    Consumer     8,962       8,172       8,176       8,515       8,096  
    Total retail loans     528,974       514,715       493,413       487,032       445,043  
    Total loans     3,858,940       3,768,649       3,654,322       3,567,631       3,404,014  
                         
    ACL for loans     (63,654 )     (61,999 )     (60,741 )     (58,995 )     (57,905 )
    Net loans   $ 3,795,286     $ 3,706,650     $ 3,593,581     $ 3,508,636     $ 3,346,109  

    Deposits are summarized as follows as of the periods indicated:

    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Non-interest checking   $ 1,064,424   $ 1,041,771   $ 1,038,887   $ 1,061,009   $ 1,118,714
    Interest-bearing checking     682,050     788,822     730,819     697,632     727,817
    Savings     279,824     294,566     285,090     294,865     302,381
    Money market     1,488,437     1,504,551     1,469,181     1,402,939     1,434,036
    CDs $250,000 or less     375,055     358,149     337,367     295,789     262,975
    CDs greater than $250,000     299,671     260,942     244,775     225,287     214,480
    Deposits   $ 4,189,461   $ 4,248,801   $ 4,106,119   $ 3,977,521   $ 4,060,403

    ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
    Consolidated Average Balance Sheets and Yields (tax-equivalent basis)
    (unaudited)

    The following table presents the Company’s average balance sheets, net interest income and average rates for the periods indicated:

        Three months ended September 30, 2024   Three Months Ended June 30, 2024   Three months ended September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands)   Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
      Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
      Average
    Balance
      Interest(1)   Average
    Yield(1)
    Assets:                                    
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   $ 181,465   $ 2,497   5.48 %   $ 123,887   $ 1,697   5.51 %   $ 260,475   $ 3,468   5.28 %
    Investment securities(3)(tax-equivalent)     731,815     3,945   2.16 %     750,822     4,057   2.16 %     820,156     4,444   2.17 %
    Loans and loans held for sale(4)(tax-equivalent)     3,813,800     53,956   5.63 %     3,708,485     51,366   5.57 %     3,372,754     44,644   5.25 %
    Total interest-earnings assets (tax-equivalent)     4,727,080     60,398   5.09 %     4,583,194     57,120   5.01 %     4,453,385     52,556   4.69 %
    Other assets     104,284             96,991             82,190        
    Total assets   $ 4,831,364           $ 4,680,185           $ 4,535,575        
                                         
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:                                    
    Non-interest checking   $ 1,069,130           $ 1,044,648           $ 1,186,243        
    Interest checking, savings and money market     2,574,439     13,017   2.01 %     2,520,439     12,381   1.98 %     2,491,229     9,185   1.47 %
    CDs     651,614     7,564   4.62 %     601,339     6,791   4.54 %     430,376     3,704   3.41 %
    Total deposits     4,295,183     20,581   1.91 %     4,166,426     19,172   1.85 %     4,107,848     12,889   1.24 %
    Borrowed funds     61,232     674   4.38 %     62,513     664   4.27 %     4,938     28   2.30 %
    Subordinated debt(5)     59,689     866   5.81 %     59,609     867   5.82 %     59,372     866   5.84 %
    Total funding liabilities     4,416,104     22,121   1.99 %     4,288,548     20,703   1.94 %     4,172,158     13,783   1.31 %
    Other liabilities     60,524             60,270             56,414        
    Total liabilities     4,476,628             4,348,818             4,228,572        
    Stockholders’ equity     354,736             331,367             307,003        
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 4,831,364           $ 4,680,185           $ 4,535,575        
                                         
    Net interest-rate spread (tax-equivalent)           3.10 %           3.07 %           3.38 %
    Net interest income (tax-equivalent)         38,277             36,417             38,773    
    Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)           3.22 %           3.19 %           3.46 %
    Less tax-equivalent adjustment         257             256             271    
    Net interest income       $ 38,020           $ 36,161           $ 38,502    
    Net interest margin           3.20 %           3.17 %           3.43 %

    (1)   Average yields and interest income are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, calculated using a U.S. federal income tax rate of 21% for each period presented, based on tax-equivalent adjustments associated with tax-exempt loans and investments interest income.
    (2)   Average other interest-earning assets include interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (3)   Average investment securities are presented at average amortized cost.
    (4)   Average loans and loans held for sale are presented at average amortized cost and include non-accrual loans.
    (5)   Subordinated debt is net of average deferred debt issuance costs.

    Contact Info:        Joseph R. Lussier, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (978) 656-5578

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue

    Source: US State of North Carolina

    Headline: Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue

    Governor Cooper Urges Western North Carolinians to Enroll in Disaster Supplement Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) as Relief Efforts Continue
    mseets

    As relief efforts continue in Western North Carolina, Governor Cooper is encouraging Western North Carolinians affected by Hurricane Helene to enroll in Disaster Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (D-SNAP) this week by the Thursday deadline. Eligible households can apply for help buying food through D-SNAP.

    “We know many North Carolinians were affected by Helene and D-SNAP is one of the many ways we are taking action to get help to those who need it,” said Governor Cooper. “I encourage all those eligible to apply by Thursday’s deadline. We will continue to support communities and families every step of the way as they recover.”

    The deadline to apply for D-SNAP is Thursday, October 24, 2024. Eligible households may apply for D-SNAP through Thursday, October 24 by phone or in person. More information including a list of application sites by county is available at ncdhhs.gov/dsnap.

    North Carolina National Guard and Military Response

    Over 3,000 Soldiers and Airmen are working in Western North Carolina. Joint Task Force- North Carolina, the task force led by the North Carolina National Guard is made up of Soldiers and Airmen from 12 different states, two different XVIII Airborne Corps units from Ft. Liberty, a unit from Ft. Campbell’s 101st Airborne Division, and numerous civilian entities are working side-by-side to get the much-needed help to people in Western North Carolina.

    The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is helping to assess water and wastewater plants and dams. Residents can track the status of the public water supply in their area through this website.

    FEMA Assistance

    Approximately $133 million in FEMA Individual Assistance funds have been paid so far to Western North Carolina disaster survivors and approximately 210,000 people have registered for Individual Assistance. Over 6,200 people have been helped through FEMA’s Transitional Sheltering Assistance. More than 5,400 registrations for Small Business Administration Loans have been filed.

    Approximately 1,500 FEMA staff are in the state to help with the Western North Carolina relief effort. In addition to search and rescue and providing commodities, they are meeting with disaster survivors in shelters and neighborhoods to provide rapid access to relief resources. They can be identified by their FEMA logo apparel and federal government identification.

    North Carolinians can apply for Individual Assistance by calling 1-800-621-3362 from 7am to 11pm daily or by visiting www.disasterassistance.gov, or by downloading the FEMA app. FEMA may be able to help with serious needs, displacement, temporary lodging, basic home repair costs, personal property loss or other disaster-caused needs.

    Help from Other States

    More than 1,600 responders from 39 state and local agencies have performed 147 missions supporting the response and recovery efforts through the Emergency Management Assistance Compact (EMAC). This includes public health nurses, emergency management teams supporting local governments, veterinarians, teams with search dogs and more.

    Beware of Misinformation

    North Carolina Emergency Management and local officials are cautioning the public about false Helene reports and misinformation being shared on social media. NCEM has launched a fact versus rumor response webpage to provide factual information in the wake of this storm. FEMA also has a rumor response webpage.

    Efforts continue to provide food, water and basic necessities to residents in affected communities, using both ground resources and air drops from the NC National Guard. Food, water and commodity points of distribution are open throughout Western North Carolina. For information on these sites in your community, visit your local emergency management and local government social media and websites or visit ncdps.gov/Helene.

    Storm Damage Cleanup

    If your home has damages and you need assistance with clean up, please call Crisis Cleanup for access to volunteer organizations that can assist you at 844-965-1386.

    Power Outages

    Across Western North Carolina, approximately 5,200 customers remain without power, down from a peak of more than 1 million. Overall power outage numbers will fluctuate up and down as power crews temporarily take circuits or substations offline to make repairs and restore additional customers.

    Road Closures

    Some roads are closed because they are too damaged and dangerous to travel. Other roads still need to be reserved for essential traffic like utility vehicles, construction equipment and supply trucks. However, some parts of the area are open and ready to welcome visitors which is critical for the revival of Western North Carolina’s economy. If you are considering a visit to the area, consult DriveNC.gov for open roads and reach out to the community and businesses you want to visit to see if they are welcoming visitors back yet.

    NCDOT currently has over 2,000 employees and 900 pieces of equipment working on over 7,400 damaged road sites.

    Fatalities

    Ninety-six storm-related deaths have been confirmed in North Carolina by the Office of Chief Medical Examiner. This number is expected to rise over the coming days. The North Carolina Office of the Chief Medical Examiner will continue to confirm numbers twice daily. If you have an emergency or believe that someone is in danger, please call 911.

    Volunteers and Donations

    If you would like to donate to the North Carolina Disaster Relief Fund, visit nc.gov/donate. Donations will help to support local nonprofits working on the ground.

    For information on volunteer opportunities, please visit nc.gov/volunteernc.

    Additional Assistance

    There is no right or wrong way to feel in response to the trauma of a hurricane. If you have been impacted by the storm and need someone to talk to, call or text the Disaster Distress Helpline at 1-800-985-5990. Help is also available to anyone, anytime in English or Spanish through a call, text or chat to 988. Learn more at 988Lifeline.org.

    If you are seeking a representative from the North Carolina Joint Information Center, please email ncempio@ncdps.gov or call 919-825-2599.

    For general information, access to resources, or answers to frequently asked questions, please visit ncdps.gov/helene.

    If you are seeking information on resources for recovery help for a resident impacted from the storm, please email IArecovery@ncdps.gov.

    ###

    Oct 22, 2024

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: ACT welcomes commonsense change in work rights for migrant families

    Source: ACT Party

    ACT’s Immigration spokesperson Dr Parmjeet Parmar is welcoming today’s announcement that the Government intends to restore open work rights to the partners of skilled migrants, delivering on an ACT coalition commitment.

    “Migrants are vital to address skill shortages in New Zealand,” says Dr Parmar.

    “It never made sense to allow the partners of visa holders to be in New Zealand, consume services, and yet be banned from working and paying taxes.

    “Today’s change is common sense, effectively lifting a ban contributing to New Zealand – something most migrants would be more than happy to do.

    “We saw what happened when our borders were sealed shut. Businesses went to the wall, fruit was left to rot on the ground, the health system struggled to keep up with demand, and families were separated.

    “But many were at risk of leaving due to unworkable rules requiring the partners of Accredited Employer Work Visa holders to also work for accredited employers and be paid the median wage. Making New Zealand a much less attractive place for migrants to live and work.

    “This concern has been raised with me by businesses who are at risk of losing valuable staff. The uncertainty and distress this has caused for migrants and their families has been immense. I am relieved this issue is finally being resolved.

    “ACT’s coalition agreement included a commitment to ‘liberalise the rules to make it easier for family members of visa holders to work in New Zealand, beginning with Skilled Migrant Category visa holders’.

    “We are encouraged by this progress and are eager to see further improvements to our immigration settings to fulfil ACT’s coalition commitments and make our country the preferred destination for ideas, talent and investment.

    “In particular, we look forward to introducing a five year, renewable parent category visa, conditional on that person’s healthcare costs being covered. This will help attract and retain migrants to ensure New Zealand has a competitive edge in the global war for talent. Doing right by migrants does not have to come at the cost of New Zealand’s own standard of living.

    “Labour wrecked the economy and made a complete hash of immigration. ACT is determined to ensure that immigration policy is simple to navigate and welcoming so that migrants can reunite with their families, the economy can grow and more locals can be employed through job creation and investment.”

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI: Altai Mourns the Passing of Chairman and President Niyazi Kacira, and Announces Election of the Board of Directors, Appointment of New Chairman and President, and Stock Option Grants

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, Oct. 22, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Altai Resources Inc. (ATI, TSX VENTURE; US SEC Rule 12g3-2(b) File # 82-2950) (“Altai” or the “Company”) announces with great sadness the passing of its Chairman and President, Dr. Niyazi Kacira following a short illness. We extend our deepest sympathies to his family.

    The Board and the Altai family will greatly miss his extraordinary passion and devotion to the Company, thoughtful leadership and ability to connect with people. He was a person of great integrity and unparalleled reputation.

    Dr. Kacira took over the helm of the dormant Black Cliff Mines Ltd. (later changed the name to Altai Resources Inc) in 1987, revived it and listed it on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Since 1987, he served as President (except for a short period of time) and Chairman until his passing. He has made an invaluable and immeasurable contribution in nurturing, building and growing Altai with his tremendous geological expertise and foresight and always with the best interest of the Company in mind and in action, and has set the highest standard of integrity for the Company.

    At its annual general meeting of the shareholders held on October 21, 2024 (the “Meeting”) in Toronto, Jeffrey S. Ackert, Maria Au and Eric Yao as described in the Management Information Circular of the Meeting, were elected as Directors of the Company. Due to his passing, Dr. Kacira was not nominated as director in the Meeting. In the Meeting, Kursat Kacira, who has advised that he is willing and able to serve as a Director of Altai if elected, was nominated as permitted in accordance with the Company’s Advance Notice By-laws and was duly elected as a Director of the Company.

    Mr. Kursat Kacira, a resident of Ontario, Canada, is an accomplished finance and investment executive with over 25 years of global experience in investment management, real estate, corporate finance, capital markets, investment banking, and public accounting. He is a Chartered Professional Accountant (Ontario), has a Master of Business Administration (Dean’s Scholarship) from the Stern School of Business at New York University, and a Bachelor of Mathematics (Honours) from the University of Waterloo.

    He is currently the President of Kacira Holdings Ltd., a private family office investment company. Previously, he served as Managing Director, Head of Global Capital Markets in the Private Markets group at Manulife Investment Management, the Global Wealth & Asset Management division of Manulife Financial Corporation. Prior to joining Manulife, he was the CEO and a director of Firm Capital American Realty Partners Corp., a publicly traded real estate company focused on investing in multi-family residential real estate in the United States. He has also previously been the CEO (and Board Trustee) of Maplewood International REIT (a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in commercial real estate in Europe); CFO of NorthWest International Healthcare Properties REIT (a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in healthcare real estate in Europe, South America, and Australasia); CFO of Whiterock REIT, a publicly traded REIT focused on investing in commercial real estate in Canada and the United States, where he was responsible for the ultimate sale of Whiterock to publicly traded Dundee REIT in 2012, for an enterprise value of $1.4 billion (at the time, the 3rd largest Canadian commercial real estate M&A transaction since 2006). Prior to the above, he had been Vice President & Director in the Real Estate Group, Investment Banking at TD Securities Inc. in Toronto, Ontario, in investment banking with Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. in New York, US and in public accounting in Canada and Europe (Price Waterhouse in Toronto and Paris). Through his investment banking career in Canada and the United States, he was responsible for completing over $10 billion of capital raising (equity and debt) and M&A transactions for companies across numerous industries, primarily in the real estate sector.

    Mr. Harold Tan, a director of the Company since 2023, did not stand for renomination as a director in this Meeting, for personal reasons. Altai sincerely thanks him for his contributions to the Company during his directorship and wishes him well in all his future ventures.

    In the Meeting, CAN Partners LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants were appointed as Auditors of the Company.

    On October 21, 2024 and after the Meeting, the Board appointed Kursat Kacira as the Chairman and President of the Company.

    On October 21, 2024, the Company granted to each of the two new directors and a new officer, a stock option of 200,000 shares to purchase common shares of the Company at an exercise price of $0.10 per share and expiring October 19, 2029.

    ABOUT ALTAI
    Altai Resources Inc. is a resource company with a producing oil property in Alberta and an exploration gold property in Quebec.

    For further information, please contact
    Maria Au, Secretary-Treasurer
    Tel: (416) 383-1328 Fax: (416) 383-1686
    Email: info@altairesources.com Internet: http://www.altairesources.com

    Neither TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Transcript of G24 October 22 Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    October 22, 2024

    Speakers
    Chair: Ralph Recto, Secretary of Finance, Philippines

    First Vice‑Chair: Candelaria Alvarez Moroni, Argentina, representing Ministry of Economy Luis Caputo
    Second Vice‑Chair: Olawale Edun, Minister of Finance and Coordinating Minister of the Economy, Nigeria
    Iyabo Masha, G‑24 Secretariat

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you, all. We had a productive exchange of views and experiences on some of the most pressing issues, confronting the global economy today. We are hard‑pressed on multiple fronts. The suffering costs by conflicts and humanitarian crisis around the world is vast and the affected region’s recovery, the construction, and long‑term development, cannot wait. They demand immediate forceful multilateral action.    

    While the global economy shows signs of stabilization, the outlook for many vulnerable nations, particularly in the global south, remains bleak. These weak economic prospects continue to haunt those already struggling to recover from the pandemic.      

    Inflation may be easing, but rising geopolitical tensions are keeping the threat of commodity price spikes and elevated interest rates alive. These risks impair capital flows, fiscal stability and the very survival of economies on the brink.          

    One thing is clear. Any slowdown in the global economy due to these new economic realities is bound to hit developing countries the hardest. While current circumstances have made it more difficult for us to achieve a sustainable and inclusive future by 2030, we believe that it remains possible with the right priorities and concerted international cooperation.         

    Thus, we continue to call for a more agile and strong will IMF and World Bank. We need heightened development cooperation, scale‑up support, and innovative solutions as we now begin the headwinds to foster peace, stability, and prosperity for all. And the key issue that underpins our discussions is the 80th Anniversary of the Bretton Woods System.         

    We acknowledge the significant evolution of the system over the decades. Yet, we must recognize that rapid transformations are occurring at an unprecedented base. We must therefore critically assess if the Bretton Woods System is adopting fast enough to the rapidly changing and increasingly volatile global environment.         

    To this end, the G‑24 has identified four key reforms that will enhance the system’s effectiveness and empower both the IMF and the World Bank Group to better serve their members.              

    First, the IMF must create a new mechanism to support countries with sound fundamentals during liquidity crisis.

    Second, the immediate submission of eradicating poverty on a livable planet, the World Bank needs more ambitious goals for its concessional and non‑concessional windows, commensurate with the challenges of achieving inclusive and sustainable development by 2030.    

    Third, the sovereign debt resolution framework must be reformed to deliver comprehensive, predictable, swift, and impactful debt relief, addressing the urgent needs of vulnerable economies.               

    Fourth, we must accelerate governance and institutional reforms of the Bretton Woods Institutions, to increase the voice and representation of developing nations. Without improvements and both actions, decades of individual and global efforts to eradicate poverty and inequality, combat climate change, and invest in growth‑enhancing projects will be put to a halt, if not reversed. Thus, we are counting on our recently concluded meeting to set an unprecedented multilateral cooperation and action. All of these points are comprehensively discussed in the communiqué and press release we have prepared for your perusal. With that, we are now ready to take your questions. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Mr. Chair. So now moving on to the Q&A section, I would like to remind you that when you raise your hand, please identify yourself, your outlet, and please identify the Chair members that you would like to address the question to. Now moving on to the gentleman in the third row, please.       

    QUESTIONER: Thank you so much. I have a question actually for the three of you. Mr. Recto, you talked about the need for liquidity and buffers. The Philippines serves as a really good example. You are one of the fastest growing economies in the developing Asia region. Business process outsourcing, revenues have passed $35 billion. I wanted to find out, what is the Philippines doing so well? Is it a well‑educated workforce or is it constant electricity; what is the secret; and is AI going to disrupt that going forward?        

    For Candelaria Alvarez, reforms have been taking in Argentina. Javier Milei recently, I think it was in the last month, vetoed a bill that was going to increase financing for public universities, and students have been protesting. How patient do you expect the residents of Argentina to be with the reforms that are taking place?               

    And for Mr. Olawale Edun, the CBN Governor, Olayemi Cardoso, at the last monetary policy meeting in Nigeria mentioned that the FAAC allocations, the Federation Account Allocation Committee, are causing—he noted they are causing the naira to depreciate when those disbursements are made. What do you think need to be done to address that?

    Then, two, you recently, I think it was a month or two, you talked about the need for single‑digit interest rates in Nigeria. Do you think that is ever going to happen with inflation being in double digits and a hawkish monetary policy path in Nigeria? Thank you.              

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Let me remind you that I hope that your question will be under the purview of G‑24 discussions but let ask the Chair to respond to the questions.               

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Thank you very much for your question. Thank you for noticing the Philippines. The Philippines at the second quarter grew by roughly 6.3 percent. For the first 2 years of this administration, we have grown about 6 percent. We are following our macro fiscal framework of reducing the deficit over time. We expect the good debt‑to‑GDP to be way below 60 percent by 2028. Today are roughly at 60 percent.               

    On the expenditure side, we are spending roughly 5 to 6 percent on infrastructure, maybe a similar amount also for human resource development, particularly in health and education.               

    You are correct that the BPO industry is growing by about—well, we collect roughly 35 billion in revenues a year. We also have a robust remittance of roughly the same amount, about $35 billion a year as well. That helps our consumption. 70 percent of the economy is household consumption. And public investments have also generated most of that growth as well.                 

    AI is a challenge, but in the Philippines the BPO industry is already adapting to AI. So thank you for your question. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to address the question?              

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. Let me answer it within the context of the discussions of the G‑24. Fundamentally, of course, foreign exchange and liquidity generally is very difficult. There are countries that are—they are reforming their economies domestically. They key into the rules‑based world trading system. And they do have debt sustainability in terms of debt‑to‑GDP. However, they have liquidity constraints, particularly foreign exchange with relation to debt servicing of the foreign debt but also their domestic debt. And I think to bring that—that is the context within which the questions of how to help. In fact, the IMF is specifically focusing on how to help is sort of a bridge financing that takes a question that does have its fundamentals right, but it gives it enough time for that adjustment and probably helps it with heightened debt servicing, which is just for a period.

    Clearly with regard to Nigeria, the key about the foreign exchange market really is supply. And, of course, as you know we have the—we are an oil‑producing country. We just need to get our oil production up, and that will deal with that issue of foreign exchange supply, and pressure on foreign exchange every time there are large flows.                  

    In terms of single‑digit inflation, of course, the western world, the rich countries, they have effectively defeated inflation. That is why the interest rates can come down. The Governor of the Central Bank in Nigeria, in the context of high inflation, is continuing with monetary tightening. That is the orthodoxy of the day. And it is one which is following. Thank you.               

    MODERATOR: Ms. Moroni on Argentina.          

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Thank you. Going back to the question on Argentina, just as an important framework, G‑24 has been working on the need for emerging market and developing economies to try to put their economies in the right place. The Minister mentioned the need for the international financial organizations to give liquidity or to provide access to liquidity for countries like Argentina and others to be able to get back on our feet. For the government of Argentina, it is really relevant. We do think there is a need for a fiscal anchor on that sense. What happened with the education law had to do with the idea to keep the budget where it has to be, and it has not to do with kind of cutting education. It has to do with evaluating costs and expenditure in the right way. I think that is it.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Going back to the floor. The gentleman in the fourth row, please.            

    QUESTION: Just turning to the U.S. election, obviously we have seen the U.S. follow suit on trade change to a more protectionist stance. We have seen more industrial policy. Regardless of who wins the election, how do you see the U.S. involvement with multilateral organizations represented here and the WTO; and what is the impact of maybe a lessen gauged, more transactional U.S. on the group of countries, the G‑24?           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Chairman, maybe the Secretariat would like to respond?               

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): We are concerned that there will be a setback on multilateralism, particularly on trade as well. And we know the driver of global growth is more trade. So that is a concern. In the Philippines, we count on our relationship with the United States to do maybe more out‑shoring to the Philippines, and hopefully that will be done also with other members of the G‑24.            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): If I can add, if you look at the communiqué, the last paragraph there actually addresses this issue. It is not just about the U.S. it is also about different countries all over the world implementing protectionist policies. And we have seen the impact of that in sectors that continue to build more to growth and development in many countries. So where do we go from here? What we are calling on is for the WTO to become the center of trade discussions, trade negotiations, and for the World Bank and the IMF to rise up to a much more multilaterally‑engaged organization that will be able to at least influence the kind of policies that countries take one way or the other. Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. We are going to go online. The question that was just received from Sri Lanka. Sri Lanka as a member of G‑24 is currently making attempts to emerge out of a crisis. What can you tell us about a G‑24 position to support countries like Sri Lanka and also for the island nations to secure financial facilities at reasonable conditions. Mr. Chair, maybe Iyabo?            

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. So I would say that Sri Lanka has come a long way from where it was 2 years ago. The last IMF Article IV Consultation assessment does show that growth is picking up, that fiscal buffers are coming up, and also import duties are rising, so that indicates that the countries are making some recovery.           

    As for the position that the G‑24 takes on this issue, the way it affects Sri Lanka most is on the debt sustainability issue. So what we are calling for is that countries, especially middle‑income countries, should also have a framework, a forum where they can negotiate with their debtors. As it is now, the Common Framework only works for low‑income countries. Only low‑income countries are part of the Common Framework, but middle‑income countries can be part of another forum called the Sovereign Debt Resolution Roundtable, which is not really an association—an organization that delivers any form of debt relief. It just fosters common understanding. So that is what we are calling for. We want very timely, very comprehensive reduction in debt for countries, and also for both middle and low‑income countries to qualify. So that is where I see it working out. If things work out and the discussion in that area picks up quite fastly, then we can see the likes of Sri Lanka and maybe Lebanon and a few other countries benefiting from that. Thank you.          

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Back to the floor. Maybe I will take one question from the side and come back to you. I’ve seen your hand, sir, in the third row. Sorry, the fourth row. Yes.               

    QUESTION: Hi, there. Mr. Recto, you said that developing countries would be hit by the hardest by any slowdown. I am going to ask an uncomfortable question, but the U.S. election has two very different results, one of which will likely be much more inflationary and lead to more trade tensions. Could each of you tell me a little bit about how your economies are preparing or thinking about the possibility of a Trump victory and associated trade tensions and inflationary pressures that could be a headwind to growth?              

    MODERATOR: Yes, please.             

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): Well, in the Philippines, we do have a relationship with the U.S. We have a mutual defense treaty. We are hoping to leverage that relationship so that we do not get much affected. We understand that many U.S. companies are also interested to invest in the Philippines. We do have a partnership also, the U.S.-Japan-and the Philippines, with regards to our security arrangements. We expect more investments to take place also in the Philippines.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from Mr. Edun or Ms. Moroni?             

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you. I think the issues that we are contending with in Africa, in many ways, we are bystanders to this all‑important election. Yes, we do have African Growth and Opportunity Act, which tries to open up the U.S. market to African‑manufactured products. I do not think that will be affected in any way by the results of this election. Generally, what we are finding is that at this particular time, the economies of trade generally, there is a reversal of globalization, of trade. There is a move to protectionism in these countries. There is on‑boarding of production. All these things tend to work against the developing world’s ability to benefit from expanding trade and thereby use that opportunity for investment, for growth, and for job creation and poverty reduction.            

    Overall, I think that we are not that affected specifically or that in general we continue to ask for an improved global financial architecture that provides us with more concessional funding, add skill, particularly for those countries that, as I said earlier, are undertaking the macroeconomic reforms that everybody agrees are sensible and will lead to better lives for their people. Thank you.             

    MODERATOR: Anything to add from the macro, broad perspective?             

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): Very briefly. What was mentioned by both Ministers is the right sentimenting in the emerging markets. We do think, at least for Argentina, the U.S. is a strategic partner and whatever the elections go, we do think that we need to keep having that channel open. Trade is quite a relevant issue. Financial issues are quite relevant. Governance issues in institutions also will be something sensitive to work with the new administration. We do think it is going to be something quite interesting to see in the short‑term. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: You, sir, in the second row right here.            

    Question: My question is meant for Mr. Wale. Like Mr. Recto said in his opening remarks, a lot of G‑24 countries are having challenges implementing structural reforms and adjustment programs. I would like you to speak specifically to the case of Nigeria. What are the key lessons to learn from the structural reforms being implemented in Nigeria today. And looking back, are there better ways these reforms would have been implemented to limit the level of disruptions? Also, you met with the IMF MD and the team yesterday. We would like to know some of the discussions on that meeting and how does that relate to debt sustainability for Nigeria. Thank you.           

    MODERATOR: Mr. Edun, would you like to respond?         

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Thank you very much. When we talk about—I will take the last one—debt sustainability, and also reforms generally, the G‑24 I think is better to talk within the framework, to talk beyond Nigeria and more about developing countries as a whole. The requirement really for support from the international community, from the development partners, from the multilateral development banks is that you undertake reforms that lead to sustainability at the macro level.             

    The key lesson that I think I would focus on is that in devising these programs and carrying out the reforms, what is particularly important — because the benefits over the longer term and the costs are frontloaded, it is important that the social safety nets that will help the poor and the vulnerable cope with the up‑front costs with a spike in their cost‑of‑living is adequately planned for and dealt with. So, it should not be an issue of it is an afterthought that you decide now that there need to be certain poverty alleviation initiatives. And linked to that, focus on helping the poor and the most vulnerable, [what can] cope with the cost is communication. I think one of the critical things in carrying out these economy reforms that are so fundamental and clearly they are necessary, otherwise they would not be implemented, is that communicating what is being done, what was to be expected, and also the timing as much as possible, the timing of the various activities, and then communicating what actually has been done so if it is a program to give direct benefits, direct transfers of funds to a group of people, then it should be published. There should be a dashboard that people can follow, thereby engendering and building public trust. I think those are the two important things that I would say you need to have for all of us at the G‑24 and developing countries in general. Thank you.         

    MODERATOR: Thank you, Minister. I have time for two more questions. Let me go back to the far end of the room right there. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Thank you. A question on climate change. Do you think the development banks, MDBs, are doing enough to tackle climate change? And especially our shareholders of MDBs, are they doing enough to tackle this issue? Thank you.            

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Recto, you would like to comment?        

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): The short comment is, it is never enough.     

    MODERATOR: Minister, do you want to chime in or, Ms. Moroni, or Iyabo on climate change.        

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes, I will say that the ambition is there. They really want to do a lot. The finance is just not commensurate with the level of ambition, so that is also one area where we have called on them to demonstrate the ambition. Thank you.     

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): Sorry. If I may, since you asked me.     

    MODERATOR: Please.

    Mr. Edun (Nigeria): The thing I would say on climate change, for a poor country such as Nigeria and others that are actually endowed with fossil fuels in particular, must take a realistic approach to climate change because it is the resources that we have that we must use to industrialize, to modernize our economies while being members of the global fight against climate change. We are signatories to the Paris Accord. We have our target for net zero, and while sticking to those, we must take a realistic view that we need to use our fossil fuels to develop our economies. Thank you.        

    Ms. Moroni (Argentina): The recent issue we had been discussing on G‑24, G‑20, and other forums, the need for development banks to keep in mind their core objective. Then as you mentioned, there is a need to kind of—we do have an ambition, a climate agenda, but we do need to respect the emerging markets’ right to develop first. So, there is a need to—for financing for other development issues that are not directly linked to this, thank you.      

    MODERATOR: Last question to the lady up‑front.       

    QUESTION: Thank you. My question will be to Ms. Director and Mr. Olawale. Earlier on the World Economic Outlook, we were told that inflation is almost won, so I would like to know how the Group of Twenty‑Four is actually interpreting that, especially with the fundamentals in the developed world getting a little bit better; and what are the risks that are posed to the Group of 24. Also, to you, Mr. Recto, you rolled out four key reforms that G‑24 is asking from the World Bank and the IMF. Are you looking at timelines for these reforms? Then over to Nigeria’s Finance Minister and the Second Vice Chair. One of the reforms is heightened development support. That reform, what does it mean for African economies? For example, so I would really like you to take a look at that and perhaps what are the timelines that you are expecting? Is there a Nigerian agenda within these four key reforms?         

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much. Also, I would like to invite Iyabo to address on the reforms of the Bretton Woods institutions as well, but first, the Director or Mr. Edun, would you like to respond on inflation?         

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): On inflation, I think for next year, the global inflation rate will still be relatively high, lower than this year, but something like 5.8 percent, thereabouts. I still think that will be high, and because of that, the interest rate, while it is going down, it remains high. That is why we are also calling for the World Bank to reduce cost of borrowing. This will be very beneficial to the developing economies. On the time frame, maybe Iyabo can elaborate more.              

    Ms. Masha (Secretariat): Yes. Yes, the Bretton Woods initiative itself, the reform, they just started, so now they are in the process of consultations, going around countries, going around regions, so I will say that at a minimum, maybe by next Spring Meeting, they will have an update on where they are in the process and maybe some final decision by the Annual Meetings. In any case, these things have to go through the boards of both the IMF and the World Bank for ratification.        

    MODERATOR: Thank you. Mr. Edun.

    Mr. Recto (Philippines): I think I think around this time last year, we were still dealing with heightened levels of inflation, particularly in the developed countries. That means elevated rates of interest as they put as their number one priority, the fight against inflation and tight monetary policy by the central banks. That has changed. And there is now as we are seeing monetary easing or at least easing of rates of interest by central banks, but that is in the developed world.

    In the developing world, rates are still high and that fight against inflation means that the interest rates also will remain high. But as far as the developed world is concerned, lower interest rates translate to more affordability. Nobody wants to borrow. Nobody likes to borrow. But when it becomes necessary. It is something that must be managed as well as possible. So the first port of call is concessional financing; IDA financing, for instance, from the World Bank. And what the developing world continues to call for is larger sums that can really make a difference, not just to be able to help a country cope with its immediate payment needs, but to have funds to grow the economies. That is what the fight against inflation translates to for the developing countries. Victory therefore or success therefore in the developed world means that they should be able to make more resources available. I must note here that the IMF has reduced their charges. 36 percent reduction in the rates and the excess charges is significant, and it is in the right direction to help developing countries get the resources they need to develop and grow.

    MODERATOR: Thank you so much, Minister and

    Secretariat. Thank you so much for the questions. Unfortunately, we are out of time. Thank you so much again for joining this press conference. The G‑24 communique is being posted on IMF.org and the transcript of this press briefing will be made available later. Have a good rest of your day. Thank you.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Pavis Devahasadin

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-Evening Report: New Caledonia crisis: Pacific leaders’ mission must ‘look beyond surface’

    INTERVIEW: By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    Last week, New Caledonia was visited by France’s new Overseas Minister, François Buffet, offering a more conciliatory position by Paris.

    This week, the territory, torn apart by violent riots, is to receive a Pacific Islands Forum fact-finding mission comprised of four prime ministers.

    New Caledonia has been riven with violence and destruction for much of the past five months, resulting in 13 deaths and countless cases of arson.

    Islands Business journalist Nic Maclellan is back there for the first time since the rioting began on May 13 and RNZ Pacific asked for his first impressions.

    Nic Maclellan: Day by day, things are very calm. It’s been a beautiful weekend, and there were people at the beach in the southern suburbs of Nouméa. People are going about their daily business. And on the surface, you don’t really notice that there’s been months of clashes between Kanak protesters and French security forces.

    But every now and then, you stumble across a site that reminds you that this crisis is still, in many ways, unresolved. As you leave Tontouta Airport, the main gateway to the islands, for example, the airport buildings are surrounded by razor wire.

    The French High Commission, which has a very high grill, is also topped with razor wire. It’s little things like that that remind you, that despite the removal of barricades which have dotted both Noumea and the main island for months, there are still underlying tensions that are unresolved.

    And all of this comes at a time of enormous economic crisis, with key industries like tourism and nickel badly affected by months of dispute. Thousands of people either lost their jobs, or on part-time employment, and uncertainty about what capacity the French government brings from Paris to resolve long standing problems.

    Don Wiseman: Well, New Caledonia is looking for a lot of money in grant form. Is it going to get it?

    NMac: With, people I’ve spoken to in the last few days and with statements from major political parties, there’s enormous concern that political leaders in France don’t understand the depth of the crisis here; political, cultural, economic. President Macron, after losing the European Parliament elections, then seeing significant problems during the National Assembly elections that he called the snap votes, finds that there’s no governing majority in the French Parliament.

    It took 51 days to appoint a new prime minister, another few weeks to appoint a government, and although France’s Overseas Minister Francois Noel Buffet visited last week, made a number of pledges, which were welcomed, there was sharp criticism, particularly from anti-independence leaders, from the so called loyalists, that France hadn’t recognised the enormity of what’s happened, and to translate that into financial commitments.

    The Congress of New Caledonia passed a bipartisan, or all party proposal, for significant funding over the next five years, amounting to almost 4 billion euros, a vast sum, but money required to rebuild shattered economic institutions and restore public institutions that were damaged during months of riots and arson, is not there.

    France faces, in Metropolitan France, a major fiscal crisis. The current Prime Minister Michel Barnier announced they cut $250 million out of funding for overseas territories. There’s a lot of work going on across the political spectrum, from politicians in New Caledonia, trying to make Paris understand that this is significant.

    DW: Does Paris understand what happened in New Caledonia back in the 1980s?

    NMac: Some do. I think there’s a real problem, though, that there’s a consistency of French policy that is reluctant to engage with France’s responsibilities as what the United Nations calls it, “administering power of a non-self-governing territory”.

    You know, it’s a French colony. The Noumea Accord said that there should be a transition towards a new political status, and that situation is unresolved. Just this morning (Tuesday), I attended the session of the Congress of New Caledonia, which voted in majority that the provincial elections should be delayed until late next year, late 2025.

    The aim would be to give time for the French State and both supporters and opponents of independence to meet to talk out a new political statute to replace the 1998 Noumea Accord. However, it’s clear from different perspectives that have been expressed in the Congress that there’s not a meeting of minds about the way forward. And key independence parties in the umbrella coalition, the FLNKS make it clear that they only see a comprehensive agreement possible if there’s a pathway forward towards sovereignty, even with a period of inter-dependence with France and over time to be negotiated.

    The loyalists believe that that’s not a priority, that economic reconstruction is the priority, and a talk of sovereignty at this time is inappropriate. So, there’s a long way to go before the French can bring people together around the negotiating table, and that will play out in coming weeks.

    DW: The new Overseas Minister seems to have taken a very conciliatory approach. That must be helpful.

    NMac: For months and months, the FLNKS said that they were willing to discuss electoral reforms, opening up the voting rolls for the local political institutions to more French nationals, particularly New Caledonian-born citizens, but that it had to be part of a comprehensive, overarching agreement.

    The very fact that President Macron tried to force key independence parties, particularly the largest, Union Caledoniénne, to the negotiating table by unilaterally trying to push through changes to these voting rules triggered the crisis that began on the 13th of May.

    After five months of terrible destruction of schools, of hospitals, thousands of people, literally leaving New Caledonia, Macron has realised that you can’t push this through by force. As you say, Overseas Minister Buffet had a more conciliatory tone. He reconfirmed that the controversial reforms to the electoral laws have been abandoned. Doesn’t mean they won’t come back up in discussions in the future, but we’re back at square one in many ways, and yet there’s been five months of really terrible conflict between supporters and opponents of independence.

    The fact that this is unresolved is shown by the reality that the French High Commissioner has announced that the overnight curfew is extended until early November, that the French police and security forces that have been deployed here, more than 6000 gendarmes, riot squads backed by armoured cars, helicopters and more, will be held until at least the end of the year.

    This crisis is unresolved, and I think as Pacific leaders arrive this week, they’ll have to look beyond the surface calm to realise that there are many issues that still have to play out in the months to come.

    DW: So with this Forum visit, how free will these people be to move around to make their own assessments?

    NMac: I sense that there’s a tension between the government of New Caledonia and the French authorities about the purpose of this visit. In the past, French diplomats have suggested that the Forum is welcome to come, to condemn violence, to address the question of reconstruction and so on.

    But I sense a reluctance to address issues around France’s responsibility for decolonisation, at the same time, key members of the delegation, such as Prime Minister Manele of Solomon Islands, Prime Minister Rabuka, have strong contacts through the Melanesian Spearhead Group, with members of the FLNKS and the broader political networks here. To that extent, there’ll be informal as well as formal dialogue. As the Forum members hit the ground after a long delay to their mission.

    DW: There have been in the past, Forum groups that have gone to investigate various situations, and they’ve tended to take a very superficial view of everything that’s going on.

    NMac: I think there are examples where the Forum missions have been very important. For example, in 2021 at the time of the third referendum on self-determination, the one rushed through by the French State in the middle of the covid pandemic, a delegation led by Ratu Inoke Kubuabola, a former Fiji Foreign Minister, with then Secretary-General of the Forum, Henry Puna, they wrote a very strong report criticising the legitimacy and credibility of that vote, because the vast majority of independence supporters, particularly indigenous Kanaks, didn’t turn out for the vote.

    France claims it’s a strong no vote, but the Forum report, which most people haven’t read, actually questions the legitimacy of this politically. The very fact that four prime ministers are coming, not diplomats, not ministers, not just officials, but four prime ministers of Forum member countries, shows that this is an important moment for regional engagement.

    Right from the beginning of the crisis, the then chair of the Forum, Mark Brown, who’ll be on the delegation, talked about the need for the Forum to create a neutral space for dialogue, for talanoa, to resolve long standing differences.

    The very presence of them, although it hasn’t had much publicity here so far, will be a sign that this is not an internal matter for France, but in fact a matter of regional and international attention.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Trade Secretary launches new fund to unlock multi-billion exports boost 

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Jonathan Reynolds will announce Regulatory Partnership for Growth Fund on visit to Brazil including his first G20 meeting

    • New £2.3million Regulatory Partnership for Growth Fund will help to unlock export opportunities worth nearly £5 billion for UK companies over five years   
    • Sectors like clean energy and life sciences set to benefit, as fund targets trade barriers worth £300m in its first year   
    • Announcement comes as Jonathan Reynolds visits Brazil for G20 trade talks  

    The UK’s pharmaceutical industry will find it easier to sell innovative medicines in huge markets like Brazil and around the world thanks to a new fund to cut red tape and boost exports.  

    Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds will announce the new £2.3 million Regulatory Partnership for Growth Fund as part of a three-day visit to Brazil, which will include his first G20 meeting.  

    The fund builds on the Prime Minister’s call at the International Investment Summit last week for UK regulators to support the Government’s growth mission, keep pace with emerging industries and upgrade the regulatory regime to make it fit for the modern age.  

    The fund will help UK regulators work with international partners to remove trade barriers and shape markets in various growing sectors. This will see sectors benefit from a potential £5 billion of new export opportunities over five years, with trade barriers worth £300 million being targeted within the first 12 months – which would be equal to an average of £135 in exports per pound invested.   

    In an exciting project in the life sciences sector, this will see UK regulators and expert bodies work closely with Brazil’s Ministry of Health in sharing best practice around evaluating cancer drugs, supporting them to improve their nation’s health while making it easier for the industry to access Brazil’s pharmaceutical market. 

    Business and Trade Secretary Jonathan Reynolds said:   

    We are rolling up our sleeves and removing red tape where it is holding this country back from harnessing every opportunity available.  

    This multi-million-pound fund will unleash the potential of some of the most prominent sectors in the UK, and through our excellent regulators businesses will find it easier to sell their world class goods and services to Brazil and other partners around the world, as we continue to build momentum ahead of our new Industrial Strategy.

    The fund will also:  

    • enable the Offshore Renewable Energy (ORE) Catapult to partner with Brazil as it develops a comprehensive offshore wind regulatory framework, which could generate an additional £55 million of exports over five years for the UK supply chain.   
    • in the professional services sector, the Law Society will build closer relationships with other countries to reduce requirements for UK lawyers to practice overseas, including in some US states, where they have faced onerous requirements.    
    • support UK regulators who will aim to improve the process for accreditation of UK education programmes, such as university degrees, in countries all over the world, including Malaysia.  

    Dr Stephen Wyatt, Director – Strategy and Emerging Technology, ORE Catapult said:   

    The UK is a world leader in offshore wind and, in partnership with the Department for Business & Trade, we now have the opportunity to translate two decades of experience into new export opportunities for UK companies.    

    Our work will help other countries to accelerate their plans to develop offshore wind and pinpoint key areas, such as floating wind, project development, and operations and maintenance where the UK’s leading companies can also flourish overseas.

    Richard Atkinson, President of The Law Society England and Wales said:   

    The Law Society of England and Wales appreciates the government’s initiative to establish the Regulatory Partnership for Growth Fund.  

    This funding will provide essential support to UK businesses by helping them move past regulatory barriers in various global markets.  

    By building closer relationships with countries overseas, this fund will contribute to the growth and progression of the legal profession globally.

    It comes as the Trade Secretary heads to São Paulo and Brasília to build on the UK’s strong and enduring relationship with Brazil, meeting investors including one of the world’s biggest aircraft manufacturers, Embraer, as well as some of the largest UK businesses in Brazil such as Astra Zeneca.   

    The Trade Secretary will then meet Brazil’s Vice President and Trade Minister Geraldo Alckmin in Brasília, where they will talk about how to build on the over £10bn of UK-Brazil trade last year and implementation of Brazil’s Industrial Strategy ahead of the UK publishing its own next year. He will then meet his G20 counterparts and call for pragmatic and meaningful reform to strengthen the World Trade Organization, as well as action to promote gender equality in trade.   

    The Trade Secretary will also use the visit to hold the first bilateral meeting on trade between the UK and Argentina since 2019 when he meets with his counterpart Diana Mondino, where he will commit to strengthening the UK’s trade and investment relationship in line with both governments’ goals to support economic growth.  

    He will also speak to the Vice-President of the European Commission Valdis Dombrovskis, where he will emphasise the importance on resetting the relationship between the UK and the EU.   

    The meetings are alongside wider G20 discussions under Brazil’s presidency on sustainable investment and how trade can drive greener and more sustainable development, ahead of South Africa taking on the G20 Presidency in 2025.   

    Notes to Editors

    • Not all the trade barriers that are part of the £2.3m fund can be made public due to commercial or diplomatic sensitivity.  
    • The data on trade barriers to be resolved by the £2.3m fund is extracted from the Digital Market Access Service (DMAS). DMAS is not a comprehensive repository of all market access issues facing UK exporters, and reporting rates vary widely across countries and regions  
    • The £2.3m fund will be used to aid the resolution of 36 barriers in scope – the aggregate valuation of these barriers is around £5bn over 5 years. The aggregate figure of around £300m over 5 years is for a sample of 6 barriers only. To calculate the aggregate figures, the mid-point for each valuation range is estimated over a five-year period and added to provide a central estimate. Further details on the methodology for the aggregate valuation figures are published in a DBT analytical working paper. In some cases, estimates may have been sourced externally from industry.  
    • The figure of around £135 in export value per pound over five years is calculated by dividing £300m by the cost of the fund (£2.3m). This is a potential export win and it should not be interpreted that every additional pound might get another £135 in return.

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Government pledges to make UK ‘top destination for women’s sport investment’ following record-breaking summit

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    The government has launched the 2024-25 Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator scheme, helping to attract more private investment in women’s sport and drive growth into the sector.

    • New scheme launched to attract more private investment in women’s sport to help drive growth in the sector.
    • Over 20 leagues, teams and competitions across 9 different sports set to benefit, including England Women’s Cricket and Barclays Women’s Super League.
    • Follows record-breaking International Investment Summit which secured over £63bn of private investment into the UK.

    Women’s sport in the UK is set for a massive boost as the Government announces a scheme to drive investment in elite clubs and leagues across the country, as part of a new pledge to make the UK the world’s top destination for women’s sport investment. 

    The scheme will prioritise development, commercial growth and financial sustainability. Sponsorship and investment are key to increasing visibility and inspiring young female athletes to ensure greater talent pathways are created, and to develop their careers in sport.

    Investment Minister Poppy Gustafsson will today [Wednesday 23 October] launch the 2024-25 Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator scheme, which will bring over 20 elite leagues, competitions and teams across nine different sports, such as the Barclays Women’s Super League and England Women’s Cricket, together with investors and industry experts to help them secure transformational investment and sponsorships.

    It will provide them with comprehensive market insights, seminars, connections and networking opportunities over a series of sessions, led by the Department for Business and Trade in collaboration with Deloitte, which will give them the tools and expert insight to help them attract investment and grow their business.

    Investment Minister Poppy Gustafsson will launch the scheme at a sport investment conference at Rothschild & Co today, involving leaders from major UK sports and some of the world’s most prominent investors.

    Minister for Investment Poppy Gustafsson said:

    The UK is already an elite home of women’s sport, and my goal is to make us the top destination for women’s sport investment.  

    The launch of this scheme, a week after our record-breaking International Investment Summit, shows the UK is truly the best place to do business in this fast-growing industry. 

    Off the back of the latest figures showing the industry could be worth over £1 billion this year, I’m looking forward to speaking to investors and clubs, leagues and teams today about how the Accelerator can drive this growth even further.

    The scheme will capitalise on the rapid growth of the women’s sport industry, which is expected to be worth over £1 billion by the end of the year according to Deloitte, marking a 300 percent increase since 2021.

    By supporting women’s sport to attract new private investment into the UK it will help deliver on the Government’s central Growth Mission, building on existing support for growing women’s sport including the £30 million Lionesses Future Fund and over £12 million to grow women’s rugby.

    It follows a successful pilot of the scheme in 2023-24 which supported leagues, teams and competitions across football, cricket, rugby and more to secure game-changing investment and sponsorship deals.

    Now, with two new sports and a range of new competitions and teams signed up, the scheme will provide even more dedicated advice and support to attract investment and offer more connections with investors.

    The launch also comes after major recent UK women’s sport investment successes, including a £45 million sponsorship deal for the Barclays Women’s Super League, Michelle Kang’s acquisition of the London City Lionesses, and the England & Wales Cricket Board launching the process to secure private investment into The Hundred early next year.

    Minister for Sport Stephanie Peacock said:

    Women’s sport has been growing rapidly in recent years and we are committed to supporting its expansion, from the grassroots to elite level.

    Last year, we welcomed Karen Carney OBE’s Review of Women’s Football which addressed the importance of growing investment in women’s sport.

    As Sports Minister, I want to see as many women and girls as possible enjoy sport and physical activity, and this scheme will be instrumental in securing investment to grow the sector even further.

    England & Wales Cricket Board Director of the Women’s Professional Game Beth Barrett-Wild said:

    The first edition of the Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator scheme provided an engine to help power conversations and connections between rights holders, investors, and commercial partners, with expert insight from Deloitte helping to deepen understanding for all about the landscape and opportunities.   

    I’m really looking forward to the launch of year two, and the chance to take this discussion to the next level, as we all work together to unlock the full potential of women’s sport.

    Deloitte Sports Business Group Lead Partner Tim Bridge said:

    We’re witnessing a surge in investment opportunities within women’s sport. The rise of dedicated funds and brand sponsorships for women’s and girls’ clubs, leagues and competitions signals a powerful shift. The Accelerator programme has been built to connect investors and brands with these opportunities, showcasing the strength and remarkable growth potential of women’s sport. This influx of investment will be instrumental in driving professionalisation and boosting participation across the UK, creating a lasting impact for women’s sport at all levels while delivering significant economic returns.

    The Government’s pledge to make the UK the top destination for women’s sport investment comes after the record-breaking International Investment Summit held just last week, which secured £63 billion of private investment into the UK which will create over 38,000 new jobs across the country.

    Full list of the elite sports represented in the 2024-25 Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator: 

    • Football 
    • Cricket 
    • Rugby union 
    • Rugby league 
    • Tennis 
    • Golf 
    • Netball 
    • Volleyball 
    • Cycling

    Updates to this page

    Published 23 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Samsung Unveils Generative Wallpaper, Offering Personalized 4K Images on Its AI TVs

    Source: Samsung

     
    Samsung Electronics today announced the launch of its Generative Wallpaper feature for the 2024 Neo QLED and QLED models, powered by Tizen OS. This new feature leverages AI to create custom 4K images that enhance the TV’s display, offering users a unique way to personalize their viewing experience.
     
    “Generative Wallpaper brings a new dimension of personalization to our customers’ screens, allowing them to customize their TVs in a way that truly reflects their style,” said Cheolgi Kim, Executive Vice President of the Visual Display Business at Samsung Electronics. “As we continue to push the boundaries of AI technology, we look forward to transforming the home entertainment experience and evolving how users interact with their screens.”
     
    Through Generative Wallpaper, Samsung will deliver high-quality visuals that seamlessly integrate with home décor and creating a welcoming and immersive atmosphere. The feature will be available through Samsung’s Ambient Mode, which transforms the TV into a canvas for curated visuals, including useful information like weather updates, news and time. To access the feature, users can simply navigate to the ‘Ambient Mode’ menu, select the button and choose from themes such as ‘Happy Holiday’ or ‘Party.’ Samsung’s advanced AI then provides stunning 4K visuals that harmonize with the user’s home environment.
     
    Generative Wallpaper will debut this month in South Korea, North America and Europe, with a global rollout planned for 2025.
     

     

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Translation: Save, rebuild and rebuild New Caledonia

    MIL OSI Translation. French Polynesian to English –

    Source: Government of New Caledonia

    On October 17, 21 and 22, the government organized a major conference at the Tjibaou cultural center devoted to the community-led plan for safeguarding, rebuilding and reconstruction (PS2R). Three days during which the government was able to present its vision and measures and discuss with the stakeholders present.

    Following the riots that broke out on 13 May 2024, New Caledonia finds itself in an extremely difficult financial, economic and social situation. In this context, the members of the 17th government wanted to put in place a plan for safeguarding, rebuilding and reconstruction, “three concepts that reflect the depth and intensity of the questions that are shaking our country, as we go through a particularly difficult period”, as Louis Mapou indicated during his opening speech on Thursday 17 October.

    The PS2R will make it possible to organise short-term safeguard measures, to define in the medium term the major principles on which the future Caledonian model will be based and to identify, for the long term, the priority avenues for reconstruction. It represents “a crucial step for the future of New Caledonia”, according to the President of the Government.

     

    Findings on the current model

    In an effort to make the PS2R a concerted and shared approach, the government initiated a series of meetings with institutions, communities, unions, employer organizations, economic stakeholders and civil society before its conference in order to gather their opinions and proposals. An online public consultation was also launched and received approximately 3,000 responses.

    This work allowed, in a first step, to make observations on the current models at the economic, health-social, institutional and societal levels. A methodology aimed at having a solid basis for a successful overhaul and to avoid repeating the mistakes of the past.

    Building on core values

    To achieve these objectives, the government also intends to rely on fundamental values, which are essential for rebuilding the Caledonian model and which must be translated as principles that could constitute the guiding principles of our collective investment:

    Kindness and solidarity because it is necessary to provide for the needs of the population in this difficult context and to strengthen social cohesion and community ties. The proximity of public action, to guarantee transparent and effective management of the country’s affairs. But above all because these events have revealed a significant gap between the expression of needs by a large category of the population, particularly Kanak youth, and public action. Complementarity rather than competition, particularly in the management of public affairs, in order to maximize synergies and avoid divisions. Ethics and integrity in governance, in order to restore citizens’ confidence in their institutions.

     

    Values that have made it possible to identify the four pillars on which the re-establishment of the Caledonian model will be based. “These pillars are self-evident to be addressed in this trajectory that we are establishing over three years,” affirmed Louis Mapou.

    The first pillar concerns the concept of “living together” which must be the primary, central and collective ambition of New Caledonia. It is based on a common foundation: belonging to this country and the desire to give it its own unique identity. The second pillar concerns our economic model and the desire to make it competitive and attractive by highlighting the wealth of New Caledonia. The third pillar is the social pillar which today needs to be rethought in order to perpetuate the health and social protection systems, so that they can meet the needs of current and future generations. The fourth pillar focuses on the issue of governance with the ambition of making institutions more responsive, more effective and closer to Caledonians.

    Clear strategic objectives

    In order to work as efficiently as possible, the government has defined, based on the findings and contributions collected, strategic objectives (SO) to be achieved in each model. These objectives will be achieved through concrete measures, some of which are already being considered or implemented.

    Business model

    OS1 – Preserve decent purchasing power

    OS2 – Restore the attractiveness of the territory and the competitiveness of the economy

    OS3 – Freeing up financing for the economy

    OS4 – Adapting land use planning and infrastructure to the needs of the population

    OS5 – Redefining the nickel industry model

    OS6 – Major infrastructure works

     

    Health and social model

    OS7 – Make the Caledonian health system viable and efficient

    OS8 – Controlling social protection expenditure

    OS9 – Strengthening family policy

     

    Institutional model

    OS10 – Making public action more efficient

    OS11 – Optimize the distribution of skills

    OS12 – Promoting the expression and representation of civil society

     

    Societal model

    OS13 – Build an identity based on common and shared values and practices and reinforced by a sense of belonging to New Caledonia

    OS14 – Adapting education, training and integration to the contemporary context

    OS15 – Protect and enhance natural resources

    OS16 – Preventing and adapting to climate change

    The prospects of PS2R

    The day after the conference dedicated to the plan, the government intends to publish a booklet incorporating all the observations noted during this unifying event. It also plans to travel to the three provinces to present the plan to the population, who “must absolutely take ownership of it”, as President Louis Mapou insisted.

    It is also envisaged to annex the PS2R to the budget orientation debate for the year 2025, which will allow in particular to develop a series of prospective scenarios for the next three years. Furthermore, the government plans to begin discussions in order to set up a State support agreement, on the basis of the PS2R, in order to ensure that the necessary measures can actually be put in place.

    The implementation of the PS2R will be subject to regular monitoring by the interinstitutional committee and the committee of vital forces.

    EDITOR’S NOTE: This article is a translation. Apologies should the grammar and/or sentence structure not be perfect.

    MIL Translation OSI